Symbol ds6608 инструкция на русском

  • Страница 1

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide[…]

  • Страница 2

    […]

  • Страница 3

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide 72-67563-02 Revision A June 2004[…]

  • Страница 4

    © 2004 by Symbol T echnologies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or used in any form , or by any electrical or mechanical means, without permission in writing from Symbol. This includes electronic or mechanical means, such as phot ocopying, recording, or information storage and retrieval sys tems. The materia[…]

  • Страница 5

    Contents About This Guide Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv Chapter Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[…]

  • Страница 6

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide iv LED Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5 Scanning in Hand-Held Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . […]

  • Страница 7

    Contents v Keyboard Wedge Host Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Keyboard Wedge Host Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Keyboard Wedge Country Types (Countr[…]

  • Страница 8

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide vi USB Ignore Unknown Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9 Emulate Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9 USB Keyboa[…]

  • Страница 9

    Contents vii Communication with 123Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 123Scan Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 Chapter 13. Symbol[…]

  • Страница 10

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide viii Transmit Code 11 Check Digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-34 Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-34 E[…]

  • Страница 11

    Contents ix QR Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-58 Redundancy Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-59 Security Le[…]

  • Страница 12

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide x Pad Data with Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-37 Pad Data with Zeros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-41 Beeps . .[…]

  • Страница 13

    About This Guide Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv Chapter Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . […]

  • Страница 14

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide xiv[…]

  • Страница 15

    xv Introduction The DS 6608 Produc t Reference Guide provides general instru ctions for setting up, operating, maintaining, and troubleshooting the DS 6608 Standard Range and DS 66 08 High Density digital scann ers. Chapter Descriptions • Chapter 1, Getting Started pr ovides a product ov erview , unpac king ins tructions, an d cable connection in[…]

  • Страница 16

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide xvi • Throughout the programming bar code men us, asterisks (*) are used to d enote default parameter settings. Related Publications The DS 6608 Quick Start Guide , p/n 72-67311-xx, provid es general information for getting started with the digital scanner , and includes basic set up and opera tion instructions. […]

  • Страница 17

    xvii Australia Symbol T echn ologies Pty . Ltd. 432 St. Kilda Road Melbourne, Victoria 3004 1-800-672-9 06 (Inside Australia) +61-3-9866 -6044 (Outside A ustralia) Austria/Österreich Symbol T echnologies Au stria GmbH Prinz-Eugen Strasse 70 / 2.Haus 1040 Vienn a, Austria 01-5055794 -0 (Inside Austria) +43-1-5055 794-0 (Outside Aust ria) Denmark/Da[…]

  • Страница 18

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide xviii If you purchased your Symbol product from a Symbol Busines s Partner , contact that Business Partner for service. South Africa Symbol T echnologies Africa Inc. Block B2 Rutherford Estate 1 Scott Street Waverly 2 090 Johannesburg Republic of South Africa 11-809 5311 (Inside South Africa) +27-11-809 531 1 (Outs[…]

  • Страница 19

    Getting Started Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[…]

  • Страница 20

    DS 6608 Produc t Reference Guide 1-2[…]

  • Страница 21

    Getting Started 1-3 Introduction The DS 6608 combin es superior 1D and 2D omn idirectional bar code sca nning and advanced e rgonomics to provide the best value in a digital scanner . Whether in hand-held mode or hands -free mode in a stand, the digital scanner ensures comfort an d ease of use for extended periods of time. Figure 1-1. DS 6608 Digit[…]

  • Страница 22

    DS 6608 Produc t Reference Guide 1-4 Setting Up the Digital Scanner Installing the Interface Cable 1. Plug the interface cable modular co nnector into the cable interfa ce port on the bottom of the scanne r handle. (See Figure 1- 2 .) 2. Gently tug the cable to ensure the c onnector is properly secured. 3. Connect the other end of the interface cab[…]

  • Страница 23

    Getting Started 1-5 Connecting a Synaps e Cable Interface Refer to the Synapse Interfac e Guide provided with the Synapse cable for detailed setu p instructions. Symbol’ s Synap se Smart Cables e nable interfacing to a variety of hosts. The Synapse cable has bu ilt-in intelligence to detect t hat host. Figure 1-4. Synapse Cable Connection 1. Plug[…]

  • Страница 24

    DS 6608 Produc t Reference Guide 1-6 Mounting the Digital Scanner Desk Mount Use the optional desk mount for convenient and protective place ment of the digital scanner on a flat surfa ce. Simply place the mount on the surface. The rubber feet hold the mount securely in place when inserting and removing the digital scanner . Figure 1-5. Inserting t[…]

  • Страница 25

    Getting Started 1-7 For convenience, print this pa ge and use the template below for mounting hole lo cations. Figure 1-7. Wall Mounting T emplate 2.98” Insert mounting screw Insert moun ting screw[…]

  • Страница 26

    DS 6608 Produc t Reference Guide 1-8[…]

  • Страница 27

    Scanning Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Beeper Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 LED D[…]

  • Страница 28

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 2-2[…]

  • Страница 29

    Scanning 2-3 Introduction This chapter provides beeper and LED definitions, techniques in volved in scanning ba r codes, general instructions and tip s abou t scanning, and decode zone diagrams. Figure 2-1. Parts Scan Window Tr i g g e r LED Beeper[…]

  • Страница 30

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 2-4 Beeper Definitions The digital scanner issues different beep sequ ences and patterns to indicate status. T able 2-1 defines beep se quences that o ccur during both normal scanning and while programming the digital scanner . T able 2-1. Beeper Definitions Beeper Sequence Indication Standard Use Low/medium/high b[…]

  • Страница 31

    Scanning 2-5 LED Definitions In addition to beep sequences, the digital scan ner uses a two-colo r LED to indicate status. T able 2-2 defin es LED colors th at display during scanning. Low beep Delete last saved rule. The cu rrent rule is left intact. Lo/Hi/Hi beeps All rules are deleted. ADF Programming: Error Indications. Dura tion of tones are v[…]

  • Страница 32

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 2-6 Scanning in Hand-Held Mode Install and program th e digital scanner (see Se tting Up the Digital Scann er on page 1-4 ). For assistance, contact the loca l supplier or the local Symbol Support Center . Scanning with the Digital Scanner 1. Ensure all connections are sec ure (see the appropriate host cha pter .) […]

  • Страница 33

    Scanning 2-7 6. Hold the trigger until the digital scanner beeps, in dicating the bar code is successfully decoded. Fo r more information on beeper and LED d efinitions, see T able 2-1 and T able 2-2 . This process usually occurs instantaneous ly . Steps 2 — 4 are rep eated on poor quality or diffic ult bar codes, un til the bar cod e is decoded, t[…]

  • Страница 34

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 2-8 Scanning in Hands-Free Mode The optional Intellistand adds greater flexibility to scanning operation. When the digital sca nner is seated in the stand’ s “cu p,” the digital scanner’ s built-in sensor places the digital scann er in hands-free mode. When the digital scan ner is removed from the s tand it[…]

  • Страница 35

    Scanning 2-9 Decode Zones DS 6608 Standard Range Digital Scanner Figure 2-7. DS 6608 Standard Range Di gital Scanner Decode Zone for 1D Bar Codes Figure 2-8. DS 6608 Standard Range Di gital Scanner Decode Zone for 2D Bar Codes In. cm 0 20 mil Code 39 P ostnet 12.5 0 In. cm W i d t h o f F i e l d Depth of Field 1.0 21.0 2.6 0 Note: T ypical perf or[…]

  • Страница 36

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 2-10 DS 6608 High Density Digital Scanner Figure 2-9. DS 6608 High Density Di gital Scanner Decode Zone for 1D Bar Codes Figure 2-10. DS 6608 High Density Dig ital Scanner Decode Zone for 2D Bar Codes In. cm 0 P ostnet 7.4 0 In. cm W i d t h o f F i e l d Depth of Field 2.4 0 Note: T ypical perf ormance at 68˚F (2[…]

  • Страница 37

    Maintenance and T echnical Specifications Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[…]

  • Страница 38

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 3-2[…]

  • Страница 39

    Maintenance an d Technical Specifications 3-3 Introduction This chapter provides suggeste d scanner maintenance, troublesho oting, technical specifications, and signa l descriptions (pinout s). Maintenance Cleaning the scan window is the only maintenan ce required. A dirty window can affect scanning accu racy . • Do not allow abrasive material to[…]

  • Страница 40

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 3-4 If after performing these checks the digital scanne r still experiences problems, cont act the distributor or call the local Symbol Support Center . See page xv i for the telephone numbers. Digital s canner deco des bar code , but does n ot transmit the data to the host. Digital scanner is not programmed for th[…]

  • Страница 41

    Maintenance an d Technical Specifications 3-5 T echnical Specifications T able 3-2. T echnical Specifications Item Description Power Requirements 5 VDC + / — 10% @ approximately 22 0 mA RMS (nominal), 500 mA (max) Power Source Depending o n host: • Host powered • Ext ernal power supply , 5.2 V nomi nal Decode Capability UPC/EAN, UPC/EAN wit h s[…]

  • Страница 42

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 3-6 Digital Scanner Signal Descriptions Figure 3-1. Digita l Scanner Cable Pinouts The signal descriptions in T able 3-3 apply to the conn ector on the digital scanner an d are for reference only . T able 3-3. Digital Scanner Signal Pin-outs Pin IBM Synapse RS-232 Keyboard W edge Wand USB Scanner Emulation 1 Reserv[…]

  • Страница 43

    User Preferences Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Scanning Sequence Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Errors […]

  • Страница 44

    DS 6608 Product Re ference Guide 4-2[…]

  • Страница 45

    User Preference s 4-3 Introduction If desired, program the digital sca nner to perform various functions, or activate di fferent feature s. This chapter describes ea ch user preference feature and provides the p rogramming bar cod es necessary fo r selecting these features. The digital scanner ships with the setting s shown in the T able 4-1 on pag[…]

  • Страница 46

    DS 6608 Product Re ference Guide 4-4 User Preferences Parameter Defaults T able 4-1 lists defaults for user preferences parameters. T o change any option, scan the appropria te bar code(s) provided in th e User Preferences section beginning on page 4-5 . See Appendix A, Standard Defau lt Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, symbolog ies, and[…]

  • Страница 47

    User Preference s 4-5 User Preferences Set Default Parameter Scan this bar code to return all pa rameters to the default values listed in T able A-1 on page A-3 . Parameter Scanning Parameter # ECh T o disable decoding of parameter bar codes , scan the Disable Parameter Scanning bar code below . Note that the Set Defaults parameter bar code can sti[…]

  • Страница 48

    DS 6608 Product Re ference Guide 4-6 Beeper T one Parameter # 91h T o select a decode beep frequency (tone), scan th e Low Frequency , Me dium Frequency , or High Frequency ba r code. Low Frequency (02h) * Medium Frequency (Optimum Setting) (01h) High Frequency (00h)[…]

  • Страница 49

    User Preference s 4-7 Beeper V olume Parameter # 8Ch T o select a beeper volume, scan the Low Vo l um e , Medium Vo l u me , or High Vo l u m e ba r code. Power Mode Parameter # 80h This parameter determin es whether or not power remains on after a de code attempt. In reduce d power mode, the digital scanne r enters into a low power consumption mod[…]

  • Страница 50

    DS 6608 Product Re ference Guide 4-8 T ime Delay to Low Power Mode Parameter # 92h This parameter only applie s when Power Mode is set to Re duced Power . This parameter sets the time the digital scanner remain s active after de coding. The digital s canner wakes upon trigger pull or when the host attempts to communicate with the digital scanner . […]

  • Страница 51

    User Preference s 4-9 Tr i g g e r M o d e Parameter # 8Ah Select one of the following trigger mode s for the digital scanner: • Level — A trigger pull activates decode processing. Decode proc essing continues until the bar code is decoded, the trigger is released, or the Decode Se ssion T imeo ut is reached. • Blink — This trigger mode is used[…]

  • Страница 52

    DS 6608 Product Re ference Guide 4-10 Decode Session T imeout Parameter # 88h This parameter sets the maximum time decode pro cessing continues during a scan attemp t. It is programmable in 0.1 second increments from 0.5 to 9.9 seconds. The de fault timeout is 9 . 9 seconds. T o set a Decode Session T imeout, scan the bar code below . Next, scan tw[…]

  • Страница 53

    User Preference s 4-11 Beep After Good Decode Parameter # 38h Scan a bar code belo w to select whether or not the digital sca nner beeps after a good decode . If selecting Do Not Beep After Good Decode , the beeper still operates during parameter menu scanning and to in dicate error conditions. Scanstand Session T imeout Parameter # F0h, 90h T o se[…]

  • Страница 54

    DS 6608 Product Re ference Guide 4-12[…]

  • Страница 55

    Decoding Preferences Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Scanning Sequence Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Err[…]

  • Страница 56

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide 5-2[…]

  • Страница 57

    Decoding Prefer ences 5-3 Introduction If desired, program the digital sca nner to perform various functions, or activate di fferent feature s. This chapter describes di gital scanner preference features and prov ides the programming bar codes for selec ting these features. The digital scanner ships with the setting s shown in the Decoding Preferen[…]

  • Страница 58

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide 5-4 Decoding Preferences Parameter Defaults T able 5-1 lists defaults for digital scanner preferences parameters. T o change any option, scan the appropria te bar code(s) provided in Decoding Preferenc es on page 5-5 . See Appendix A, Standard Defau lt Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, symbolog ies, and mis[…]

  • Страница 59

    Decoding Prefer ences 5-5 Decoding Preferences The parameters in this chapter con trol bar code decoding characteristics. Decoding Illumination Parameter # F0h, 2Ah Selecting Enable Illumination causes the digital scanner to flash illumination to ai d decodi ng. Select Dis able Illumi nation to prevent the digital scanner from using decoding illumi[…]

  • Страница 60

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide 5-6[…]

  • Страница 61

    Keyboard W edge Interface Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Connecting a Keyboard Wedge Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Keybo[…]

  • Страница 62

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-2[…]

  • Страница 63

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-3 Introduction This chapter describ es how to set up a Keyboard Wedge interface with the digital scanner . With this inte rface, the digital scan ner is connected between the keyboa rd and host computer , and translates bar code data into key strokes. The host computer accepts the keystrokes as if they originated from th[…]

  • Страница 64

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-4 3. Connect the round male DIN host connector of the Y -cable to the ke yboard port on the host device. 4. Connect the ro und female DIN keyboard connector o f the Y -cab le to the keybo ard connector . 5. If needed, attach the optional power supply to the connector in the middle of the Y -cable. 6. Ensure that […]

  • Страница 65

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-5 Keyboard W edge Host Parameters Keyboard W edge Host T ypes Select the Keyboard Wedge host by scanning one of the bar codes belo w . IBM PC/A T & IBM PC Compatibles IBM PS/2 (Model 30) IBM A T Notebook IBM XT NCR 7052[…]

  • Страница 66

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-6 Keyboard W edge Country T ypes (Country Codes) Scan the bar code corresponding to the keyb oard type. If the keyboard type is not listed, see Alternate Numeric Keypad Emu lation on page 6-9 . * North American German Windows French Windows French Canadian Windows 95/98 French Canadian Windows XP/2000 Spanish Win[…]

  • Страница 67

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-7 Keyboard W edge Country T ypes (continued) Italian Windows Swedish Windows UK English Windows Japanese Windows Portuguese-Brazilian Windows[…]

  • Страница 68

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-8 Ignore Unknown Characters Unknown characters are characters the hos t does not recognize. When Send Bar Codes With Unknown C haracters is selected, all bar code da ta is sent excep t for unknown characters, and no e rror beeps soun d on the digital scann er . When Do Not Send Bar Codes With Un known Characters […]

  • Страница 69

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-9 Intra-Key stroke Delay When enabled, an additional dela y is inserted between each emulate d key depression and release. This sets the Keystrok e Delay parameter to a minimum of 5 msec as well. Alternate Numeric Keypad Emulation This allows emulatio n of most other coun try keyboard type s not listed in Keyboard Wedge […]

  • Страница 70

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-10 Caps Lock On When enabled, the digital scanner emulates keystroke s as if the Caps Lock key is always pressed. Caps Lock Override When enabled, on A T or A T Notebook hosts, the key board ignores the state of the Caps Lock key . Therefore, an ‘A ’ in the bar cod e is sent as an ‘A ’ no ma tter what the[…]

  • Страница 71

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-11 Convert W edge Data When enabled, the digital scanner converts all bar cod e data to the selected case. Function Key Mapping ASCII values under 32 are normally sent as con trol key sequenc es (see T able 6-2 on page 6-15 ). When th is parameter is en abled, the keys in bold are sent in place of the standard ke y mappi[…]

  • Страница 72

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-12 FN1 Substitution When this is enabled, the digital scanner replaces FN1 chara cters in an EAN128 bar code with a keystroke chosen by the user (se e FN1 Substitution V alues on page 14-8 ). Send Make and Break When enabled, the scan codes fo r releasing a key are not sent. Enable * Disable *Send Make and Break […]

  • Страница 73

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-13 Keyboard Maps The following keybo ard maps are provide d for prefix/suffix keystroke parameters. T o program the prefix /suffix values, see the b ar codes on page 14-6 . Figure 6-2. IBM PS2 T ype Keyboard Figure 6-3. IBM PC/XT Figure 6-4. IBM PC/A T 7013 7014 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 7013 5011[…]

  • Страница 74

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-14 Figure 6-5. NCR 7052 32-KEY Figure 6-6. NCR 7052 58-KEY 5007 5008 5010 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 1046 1045 5014 1043 5013 5015 5016 5018 5019 5001 5017 7013 5011 (7013 if double k ey) (1048 if double k ey) 1048 5012 5009 5007 5008 5010 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 1046 1045 5014 1043 5013 5015 5016 5018 5019 1086 1[…]

  • Страница 75

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-15 ASCII Character Set for Keyboard W edge Code 39 Full ASCII interprets the ba r code special character ($ + % /) preceding a Code 39 cha racter and assigns an ASCII character value to the pair . For example, when Code 39 Full ASCII is enabled and +B is scanned, it is interpreted a s b , %J as ? , and %V as @ . Scanning[…]

  • Страница 76

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-16 1028 %B CTRL 1029 %C CTRL ] 1030 %D CTRL 6 1031 %E CTRL — 1032 Space Space 1033 /A ! 1034 /B “ 1035 /C # 1036 /D $ 1037 /E % 1038 /F & 1039 /G ‘ 1040 /H ( 1041 /I ) 1042 /J * 1043 /K + 1044 /L , 1045 — — 1046 . . 1047 /O / 1048 0 0 1049 1 1 1050 2 2 1051 3 3 1052 4 4 1053 5 5 1054 6 6 1055 7 7 1056 8[…]

  • Страница 77

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-17 1061 %H = 1062 %I > 1063 %J ? 1064 %V @ 1065 A A 1066 B B 1067 C C 1068 D D 1069 E E 1070 F F 1071 G G 1072 H H 1073 I I 1074 J J 1075 K K 1076 L L 1077 M M 1078 N N 1079 O O 1080 P P 1081 Q Q 1082 R R 1083 S S 1084 T T 1085 U U 1086 V V 1087 W W 1088 X X 1089 Y Y 1090 Z Z 1091 %K [ 1092 %L 1093 %M ] T able 6-2. […]

  • Страница 78

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-18 1094 %N ^ 1095 %O _ 1096 %W ‘ 1097 +A a 1098 +B b 1099 +C c 1100 +D d 1101 +E e 1102 +F f 1103 +G g 1104 +H h 1105 +I i 1106 +J j 1107 +K k 1108 +L l 1109 +M m 1110 +N n 1111 +O o 1112 +P p 1113 +Q q 1114 +R r 1115 +S s 1116 +T t 1117 +U u 1118 +V v 1119 +W w 1120 +X x 1121 +Y y 1122 +Z z 1123 %P { 1124 %Q |[…]

  • Страница 79

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-19 T able 6-3. Keyboard Wedge AL T Key Character Set AL T Key s Key stroke 2065 AL T A 2066 AL T B 2067 AL T C 2068 AL T D 2069 AL T E 2070 AL T F 2071 AL T G 2072 AL T H 2073 AL T I 2074 AL T J 2075 AL T K 2076 AL T L 2077 AL T M 2078 AL T N 2079 AL T O 2080 AL T P 2081 AL T Q 2082 AL T R 2083 AL T S 2084 AL T T 2085 AL[…]

  • Страница 80

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-20 3053 GUI 5 3054 GUI 6 3055 GUI 7 3056 GUI 8 3057 GUI 9 3065 GUI A 3066 GUI B 3067 GUI C 3068 GUI D 3069 GUI E 3070 GUI F 3071 GUI G 3072 GUI H 3073 GUI I 3074 GUI J 3075 GUI K 3076 GUI L 3077 GUI M 3078 GUI N 3079 GUI O 3080 GUI P 3081 GUI Q 3082 GUI R 3083 GUI S 3084 GUI T 3085 GUI U 3086 GUI V 3087 GUI W 308[…]

  • Страница 81

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-21 T able 6-5. Keyboard W edge F Key Character Set F Key s Key stroke 5001 F1 5002 F2 5003 F3 5004 F4 5005 F5 5006 F6 5007 F7 5008 F8 5009 F9 5010 F10 5011 F11 5012 F12 5013 F13 5014 F14 5015 F15 5016 F16 5017 F17 5018 F18 5019 F19 5020 F20 5021 F21 5022 F22 5023 F23 5024 F24 T able 6-6. Keyboard Wedge Numeric Keypad Cha[…]

  • Страница 82

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-22 6050 2 6051 3 6052 4 6053 5 6054 6 6055 7 6056 8 6057 9 6058 Enter 6059 Num Lock T able 6-7. Keyboard Wedge Extended Keypad Character Set Extended Keypad Key stroke 7001 Break 7002 Delete 7003 Pg Up 7004 End 7005 Pg Dn 7006 Pause 7007 Scroll Lock 7008 Backspace 7009 T ab 7010 Print Screen 7011 Insert 7012 Home[…]

  • Страница 83

    RS-232 Interface Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Connecting an RS-232 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 RS-232 […]

  • Страница 84

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-2[…]

  • Страница 85

    RS-232 Interface 7-3 Introduction This chapter describes how to set up the digital sc anner with an RS-232 host. The RS-232 interface is used to connect the digit al scanner to point-of-s ale devices, host c omputers, or othe r devices with an available RS-232 port (e.g., com port). If the host is not listed in T able 7 -2 , refer to the documentat[…]

  • Страница 86

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-4 Connecting an RS-232 Interface This connection is made directly from the digita l scanner to the host computer . Figure 7-1. RS-232 Direct Connection Interface cables vary depending on configuration. The connectors illustrated in Figure 7-1 are examples only . The connectors may be different than those illustra[…]

  • Страница 87

    RS-232 Interface 7-5 RS-232 Parameter Defaults T able 7-1 lists the defaults for RS-232 host parameters. T o change any option, sc an the appropriate b ar code(s) provided in the RS- 232 Host Parameters s ection beginning on p age 7-6 . See Appendix A, Standard Defau lt Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, symbolog ies, and miscellaneous def[…]

  • Страница 88

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-6 RS-232 Host Parameters V ariou s RS-232 hosts are s et up with their own parameter default settings ( T able 7-2 ). Selecting standard, ICL, Fujitsu, Wincor — Nixdorf Mode A, Wincor -Nixdorf Mode B, OPOS/JPOS, Olivetti, or Omron sets the defaults listed below . T able 7-2. T erm inal Specific RS-232 Parameter S[…]

  • Страница 89

    RS-232 Interface 7-7 RS-232 Host Parameters (continued) Selecting ICL, Fujitsu, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode A, Wincor -Nixdorf Mode B, OPOS/JPOS, Ol ivetti, or Omron enables the transmission of code ID ch aracters li sted in T able 7-3 . These code ID characters are not programmable and are separate from the T ransmit Co de ID feature. Do not enable the T […]

  • Страница 90

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-8 RS-232 Host T ypes T o select an RS-232 host interface, scan one of the following bar codes. Standard RS-232 ICL RS-232 Wincor -Nixdorf RS-232 Mode A Wincor -Nixdorf RS-232 Mode B Olivetti ORS4500 Omron[…]

  • Страница 91

    RS-232 Interface 7-9 RS-232 Host T ypes (continued) Baud Rate Baud rate is the number of bits of data transmitted per secon d. Set the digital scanner’s baud rate to match the baud rate sett ing of the host device. Otherwise, data may not reach the host device or may reach it in distorted form. OPOS/JPOS Fujitsu RS-232 Baud Rate 600 Baud Rate […]

  • Страница 92

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-10 Baud Rate (continued) *Baud Rate 9600 Baud Rate 19,200 Baud Rate 38,400 Baud Rate 57,600[…]

  • Страница 93

    RS-232 Interface 7-11 Parity A parity check bit is the most significant bit of each ASCII co ded character . Se lect the parity type according to host device requirements. • Select Odd parity and the parity bit va lue is set to 0 or 1, based on data, to ensure that an odd number of 1 bits are contained in the coded character . • Select Even par[…]

  • Страница 94

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-12 Stop Bit Select The stop bit(s) at the end of each transmitted character marks the en d of transmission of one character and prepares the receiv ing device for the next character in the serial data stream . The number of stop bits selected (one or two) depends on the number th e receiving terminal is progra mm[…]

  • Страница 95

    RS-232 Interface 7-13 Check Receive Errors Select whether or not the parity , framing, and overrun of received characters are che cked. The parity va lue of receiv ed charact ers is verified against the parity parameter selected above. * Check For Received Errors Do Not Check For Received Errors[…]

  • Страница 96

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-14 Hardware Handshaking The data interface consists of an RS-232 port designed to opera te either with or without the hardware handshaking lin es, Request to Send (RTS), and Clear to Send (CTS). If Standard RTS/CTS hands haking is not selected, scan data is transmitted as it becomes av ailable. If Standard RTS/CT[…]

  • Страница 97

    RS-232 Interface 7-15 Hardware Handsha king (continued) * None Standard RTS/CTS RTS/CTS Option 1 RTS/CTS Option 2 RTS/CTS Option 3[…]

  • Страница 98

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-16 Software Handshaking This parameter offers control of the data transmis sion process in addition to, or instead of, that offered by ha rdware handshak ing. There are five options. If Software Handshaking and Hardware Hand shaking are both enabled, Hardwa re Handshaking takes preceden ce. • None : When this o[…]

  • Страница 99

    RS-232 Interface 7-17 Software Handsh aking (continued) Host Serial Response T ime-out This parameter specifies how long the digital scanner waits for an ACK, NAK, or CTS before determining that a transmission erro r has occurred. This only applies when in one of the ACK/NAK Software Handshaking modes, or RTS/CTS Hardware Handshaking option. ACK/NA[…]

  • Страница 100

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-18 Host Serial Response T ime-out (continued) RTS Line State This parameter sets the idle state of the Serial Hos t RTS line. Scan a bar code below to select Low RTS or High R TS line state. Beep on <BEL> When this parameter is enabled, the digital scan ner issues a b eep when a <BEL> ch aracter is de[…]

  • Страница 101

    RS-232 Interface 7-19 Intercharacter Delay This parameter specifies the in tercharacter delay inserted betwe en character transmissions. * Minimum: 0 msec Low: 25 msec Medium: 50 msec High: 75 msec Maximum: 99 msec[…]

  • Страница 102

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-20 Nixdorf Beep/LED Options When Nixdorf Mode B is selected, this indicates when the digital scanner should beep and turn on its LED after a decode. Ignore Unknown Characters Unknown characters are characters the host does not recognize. When Se nd Bar Codes with Unknown Ch aracters is selected , all bar code dat[…]

  • Страница 103

    RS-232 Interface 7-21 ASCII Character Set for RS-232 The values in T able 7-4 can be assigned as prefixe s or suffixes for ASCII c haracter data transmissio n. T able 7-4. Prefix/Suffix Values Prefix/Suffix V alue Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Charact er ASCII Character 1000 %U NUL 1001 $A SOH 1002 $B STX 1003 $C ETX 1004 $D EOT 1005 $E ENQ 1006 $F ACK[…]

  • Страница 104

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-22 1033 /A ! 1034 /B » 1035 /C # 1036 /D $ 1037 /E % 1038 /F & 1039 /G ‘ 1040 /H ( 1041 /I ) 1042 /J * 1043 /K + 1044 /L , 1045 — 1046 .. 1047 /O / 1048 00 1049 11 1050 22 1051 33 1052 44 1053 55 1054 66 1055 77 1056 88 1057 99 1058 /Z : 1059 %F ; 1060 %G < 1061 %H = 1062 %I > 1063 %J ? 1064 %V […]

  • Страница 105

    RS-232 Interface 7-23 1068 DD 1069 EE 1070 FF 1071 GG 1072 HH 1073 II 1074 JJ 1075 KK 1076 LL 1077 MM 1078 NN 1079 OO 1080 PP 1081 QQ 1082 RR 1083 SS 1084 TT 1085 UU 1086 VV 1087 WW 1088 XX 1089 YY 1090 ZZ 1091 %K [ 1092 %L 1093 %M ] 1094 %N ^ 1095 %O _ 1096 %W ` 1097 +A a 1098 +B b 1099 +C c 1100 +D d 1101 +E e 1102 +F f T able 7-4. Prefix/Suffi[…]

  • Страница 106

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-24 1103 +G g 1104 +H h 1105 +I i 1106 +J j 1107 +K k 1108 +L l 1109 +M m 1110 +N n 1111 +O o 1112 +P p 1113 +Q q 1114 +R r 1115 +S s 1116 +T t 1117 +U u 1118 +V v 1119 +W w 1120 +X x 1121 +Y y 1122 +Z z 1123 %P { 1124 %Q | 1125 %R } 1126 %S ~ 1127 Undefi ned 7013 ENTER T able 7-4. Prefix/Suffix Values (Continued)[…]

  • Страница 107

    USB Interface Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Connecting a USB Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 USB Pa[…]

  • Страница 108

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-2[…]

  • Страница 109

    USB Interface 8-3 Introduction This chapter describes how to set up the digital sc anner with a USB host. The digital scanner connects directly to a USB host, or a powered USB hub, and is powered by it. No additional power sup ply is required. Throughout the programming bar code men us, default values are indicated with asterisks ( * ). Most comput[…]

  • Страница 110

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-4 T o set up the digital scanner: Interface cables vary depending on configuration. The connectors illustrated in Figure 8-1 are examples only . The connectors may be different than those illustrated, but the steps to connect th e scanner remain the same. 1. Connect the modular co nnector of the USB interface cab[…]

  • Страница 111

    USB Interface 8-5 USB Host Parameters USB Device T ype Select the desired USB device type. When changing USB Device T ypes, the digital scanner automatically resets. The digital scanner is sues the standard startup beep sequence s. *HID Keyboard Emulation IBM T able T op USB IBM Hand-Held USB USB OPOS Handheld Note[…]

  • Страница 112

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-6 USB Country Keyboard T ypes (Country Codes) Scan the bar code correspon ding to the keyboard type. This setti ng applies only to the USB HID Keyb oard Emulatio n device. When changing USB country keyboard types the digital s canner automatically resets. The digital scanner issues the standard startup beep se qu[…]

  • Страница 113

    USB Interface 8-7 USB Country Keyboard T ypes (continued) Spanish Windows Italian Windows Swedish Windows UK English Windows Japanese Windows (ASCII) Portuguese-Brazilian Windows[…]

  • Страница 114

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-8 USB Key stroke Delay This parameter sets the delay , in milliseconds, between emulated key strokes. Scan a bar code below to increase the delay when hosts require a slower transmission of data. USB CAPS Lock Override This option applies only to the HID Keyboard Emulation device. Wh en enab led, the case of the […]

  • Страница 115

    USB Interface 8-9 USB Ignore Unknown Characters This option applies only to the HID Keyboard Emulat ion device and IBM device. Unkno wn characters are characters the host do es n ot recognize. When Send Bar Codes With Unknown Characte rs is selected, all bar cod e data is sent except for unkn own characters, and no error beeps sound. When Do Not Se[…]

  • Страница 116

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-10 USB Keyboard FN 1 Substitution This option applies only to the USB HID Keyb oard Emulation device. When enabled, this a llows replacement of any FN 1 chara cters in an EAN 128 bar co de with a Key Catego ry and value chosen b y the user (see FN1 Substitution Values on page 14-8 to set the Key Category and Key […]

  • Страница 117

    USB Interface 8-11 Simulated Caps Lock When enabled, the digital scanner inverts upper and lower case char acters on the bar code as if the Caps Lock st ate is enabled on the keyboard. This inversion is done regardless of the current state of the keyboard’ s Caps Lock state. Convert Case When enabled, the digital scanner converts all bar cod e da[…]

  • Страница 118

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-12 ASCII Character Set for USB T able 8-2. USB Prefix/Suffix Values Prefix/ Suffix V alue Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char .acter Key stroke 1000 %U CTRL 2 1001 $A CTRL A 1002 $B CTRL B 1003 $C CTRL C 1004 $D CTRL D 1005 $E CTRL E 1006 $F CTRL F 1007 $G CTRL G 1008 $H CTRL H/ BACK SP ACE 1 1009 $I CTRL I/ HORIZONT […]

  • Страница 119

    USB Interface 8-13 1030 %D CTRL 6 1031 %E CTRL — 1032 Space Space 1033 /A ! 1034 /B “ 1035 /C # 1036 /D $ 1037 /E % 1038 /F & 1039 /G ‘ 1040 /H ( 1041 /I ) 1042 /J * 1043 /K + 1044 /L , 1045 — — 1046 . . 1047 /O / 1048 0 0 1049 1 1 1050 2 2 1051 3 3 1052 4 4 1053 5 5 1054 6 6 1055 7 7 1056 8 8 1057 9 9 1058 /Z : 1059 %F ; 1060 %G < 1061 […]

  • Страница 120

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-14 1063 %J ? 1064 %V @ 1065 A A 1066 B B 1067 C C 1068 D D 1069 E E 1070 F F 1071 G G 1072 H H 1073 I I 1074 J J 1075 K K 1076 L L 1077 M M 1078 N N 1079 O O 1080 P P 1081 Q Q 1082 R R 1083 S S 1084 T T 1085 U U 1086 V V 1087 W W 1088 X X 1089 Y Y 1090 Z Z 1091 %K [ 1092 %L 1093 %M ] 1094 %N ^ 1095 %O _ T able […]

  • Страница 121

    USB Interface 8-15 1096 %W ` 1097 +A a 1098 +B b 1099 +C c 1100 +D d 1101 +E e 1102 +F f 1103 +G g 1104 +H h 1105 +I i 1106 +J j 1107 +K k 1108 +L l 1109 +M m 1110 +N n 1111 +O o 1112 +P p 1113 +Q q 1114 +R r 1115 +S s 1116 +T t 1117 +U u 1118 +V v 1119 +W w 1120 +X x 1121 +Y y 1122 +Z z 1123 %P { 1124 %Q | 1125 %R } 1126 %S ~ T able 8-2. USB Prefi[…]

  • Страница 122

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-16 T able 8-3. USB AL T Key Character Set AL T Key s Key stroke 2064 AL T 2 2065 AL T A 2066 AL T B 2067 AL T C 2068 AL T D 2069 AL T E 2070 AL T F 2071 AL T G 2072 AL T H 2073 AL T I 2074 AL T J 2075 AL T K 2076 AL T L 2077 AL T M 2078 AL T N 2079 AL T O 2080 AL T P 2081 AL T Q 2082 AL T R 2083 AL T S 2084 AL T […]

  • Страница 123

    USB Interface 8-17 T able 8-4. USB GUI Key Character Set GUI Key Key stroke 3000 Right Control Key 3048 GUI 0 3049 GUI 1 3050 GUI 2 3051 GUI 3 3052 GUI 4 3053 GUI 5 3054 GUI 6 3055 GUI 7 3056 GUI 8 3057 GUI 9 3065 GUI A 3066 GUI B 3067 GUI C 3068 GUI D 3069 GUI E 3070 GUI F 3071 GUI G 3072 GUI H 3073 GUI I 3074 GUI J 3075 GUI K 3076 GUI L 3077 GUI […]

  • Страница 124

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-18 3087 GUI W 3088 GUI X 3089 GUI Y 3090 GUI Z T able 8-5. USB F Key Character Set F Key s Key stroke 5001 F1 5002 F2 5003 F3 5004 F4 5005 F5 5006 F6 5007 F7 5008 F8 5009 F9 5010 F10 5011 F11 5012 F12 5013 F13 5014 F14 5015 F15 5016 F16 5017 F17 5018 F18 5019 F19 5020 F20 5021 F21 5022 F22 5023 F23 5024 F24 T abl[…]

  • Страница 125

    USB Interface 8-19 T able 8-6. USB Numeric Keypad Character Set Numeric Keypad Key stroke 6042 * 6043 + 6044 undefi ned 6045 — 6046 . 6047 / 6048 0 6049 1 6050 2 6051 3 6052 4 6053 5 6054 6 6055 7 6056 8 6057 9 6058 Enter 6059 Num Lock[…]

  • Страница 126

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-20 T able 8-7. USB Extended Keypad Character Set Extended Keypad Key stroke 7001 Break 7002 Delete 7003 PgUp 7004 End 7005 Pg Dn 7006 Pause 7007 Scroll Lock 7008 Backspace 7009 T ab 7010 Print Screen 7011 Insert 7012 Home 7013 Enter 7014 Escape 7015 Up Arrow 7016 Down Arrow 7017 Left Arrow 7018 Right Arro w[…]

  • Страница 127

    IBM 468X/469X Interface Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Connecting to an IBM 468X/469X Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 IBM P[…]

  • Страница 128

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 9-2[…]

  • Страница 129

    IBM 468X/469X In terface 9-3 Introduction This chapter describes how to set up the digital sc anner with an IBM 468X/469X host. Throughout the programming bar code men us, default values are indicated with asterisks ( * ). Most computer monitors allow scan ning the bar co des directly on the screen . When scanning from the screen, be sure to set th[…]

  • Страница 130

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 9-4 The only required configuratio n is the port address. Oth er digital scanner parameters are typically controlle d by the IBM system. IBM Parameter Defaults T able 9-1 lists the defaults for IBM host parameters. T o change any optio n, scan the appropriate bar co de(s) provided in the Parameter Descriptions sect[…]

  • Страница 131

    IBM 468X/469X In terface 9-5 IBM 468X/469X Host Parameters Port Address This parameter sets the IBM 468X/469X p ort used. Scanning one of these bar cod es enables the RS-485 interface on the digital scanner . None Selected Hand-held Scanner Emulation (Port 9B) Non-IBM Scanner Emulation (Port 5B) T able-top Scanner Emulation (Port 17) Note[…]

  • Страница 132

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 9-6 Convert Unknow n to Code 39 Scan a bar code below to enable or disable the conve rsion of unknown bar code type data to Cod e 39. Enable Convert Unknown to Code 39 * Disable Convert Unknown to Code 39[…]

  • Страница 133

    W and Emulation Interface Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Connecting Using Wand Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Wan[…]

  • Страница 134

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 10-2[…]

  • Страница 135

    Wand Emulation Inter face 10-3 Introduction This chapter describes how to set up the digital sc anner with a wand emulation host when Wand Emulation communication is needed. The digital scanner connects to an exte rnal wand decoder or to a decoder integrated in a mobile computer or Point-of-Sa le (POS) terminal. In this mode the digital scanner emu[…]

  • Страница 136

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 10-4 2. Connect the other end of the Wand Emulation interface cabl e to the wand port on the mobile computer or contro ller . 3. Select the Wand Emulation host typ e by scanning the appropriate b ar code from Wand Emulation Host T ypes on pag e 10-5 . 4. T o modify any other parameter options, scan the app ropriate[…]

  • Страница 137

    Wand Emulation Inter face 10-5 W and Emulation Host Parameters Wand Emulation Host T ypes Select a Wand Emulation host by scanning one of the ba r codes below . Symbol OmniLink Interface Controller Symbol PDT T erminal (MSI) Symbol PTC T erminal (T elxon)[…]

  • Страница 138

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 10-6 Leading Margin (Quiet Zone) Scan a bar code below to select a leading margin dura tion. A leadi ng marg in is the time that precedes the first bar of the scan , (in milliseconds). The minimum allowed value is 80 msec and th e maximum is 250 msec. This parameter accommodates older wa nd decoders whic h cannot h[…]

  • Страница 139

    Wand Emulation Inter face 10-7 Scan the appropriate bar code to select the polarity required by the decoder . * Bar High/Margin Low Bar Low/Margin High[…]

  • Страница 140

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 10-8 Ignore Unknown Characters Unknown characters are characters the hos t does not recognize. When Send Bar Codes With Unknown C haracters is selected, all bar code da ta is sent excep t for unknown characters, and no e rror beeps soun d on the digital scann er . When Do Not Send Bar Codes With Unknown Char acters[…]

  • Страница 141

    Wand Emulation Inter face 10-9 Convert Code 39 to Full ASCII By default, any cha racters that do not h ave a corresponding ch aracter in the Code 39 symbolog y set are replaced by a space. If this parameter is enabled, the data sen t to the wand Interface is enc oded in Code 39 Full ASCII. This setting require s that the Host be able to interpret C[…]

  • Страница 142

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 10-10[…]

  • Страница 143

    Scanner Emulation Interface Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 Connecting Using Scanner Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 Sc[…]

  • Страница 144

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 11-2[…]

  • Страница 145

    Scanner Emul ation Interfac e 11-3 Introduction This chapter describes how to set up the digital sc anner with a Scanner Emulation host. Use this mode when Scanner Emulation communication is needed. In this mode, the digital scanner connects to an external decoder or to a decoder in tegrated in a mobi le computer or Point-of-Sale (POS) terminal. Th[…]

  • Страница 146

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 11-4 3. Scan the Scanner Emulation Host ba r code from Scanner Emulation Host on pag e 11-5 to enable the Scanner Emu lation host interface. 4. T o modify any other parameter options, scan the app ropriate bar codes in this chapter . Connect the digital scanner to 5 volt de coders onl y . Connecting the digital sca[…]

  • Страница 147

    Scanner Emul ation Interfac e 11-5 Scanner Emulation Host Scan the bar code below to enable the Scanner Emulation host. Scanner Emulation Host Parameters Beep Style The Scanner Emulation h ost supports three b eep styles. • Beep On Successful T ransmit : The digital scanner beeps when the attached decoder issues the dec ode signal to the digital […]

  • Страница 148

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 11-6 Parameter Pass-Through The Scanner Emulation host can process parame ter bar code messages and send them to the attach ed decoder . In this way , customers using Symbol co mpliant decoders can control the be havior of the entire system by scannin g the necessary parameters on ly once. For example, to enable D […]

  • Страница 149

    Scanner Emul ation Interfac e 11-7 Convert Newer Code T ypes The digital scanner supports a variety of code types that are not decodable by attach ed decoder systems. T o allow compatibility in these environments, the digital scanner converts these code type s to more commonly decodable symbologies, as per the followin g chart. Symbologies not list[…]

  • Страница 150

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 11-8 Module Width The standard module width is 20 µs. For an extre mely slow decoder system, select 50 µs Module Width . Convert All Bar Codes to Code 39 Scan a bar code below to enable or disable the conve rsion of all bar code data to Code 39. *20 µs Module Width 50 µs Module Width *Do Not Convert Bar Codes T[…]

  • Страница 151

    Scanner Emul ation Interfac e 11-9 Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion By default, any cha racters that do not h ave a corresponding ch aracter in the Code 39 symbolog y set are replaced by a space. If this parameter is enabled, the d ata sent to t he Scanne r Emulation host is encoded in Code 39 Full ASCII. The host must b e able to in terpret Code 39 F[…]

  • Страница 152

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 11-10 Ignore Unknown Characters Unknown characters are characte rs the decoder does not recognize. When Ignore Unknown Characters is selected, all bar code data is sent except for unknown characters, and no error bee ps sound. When Convert Error on Unknown Cha racters is select ed, bar codes containing at least one[…]

  • Страница 153

    Scanner Emul ation Interfac e 11-11 Leading Margin Scan a bar code below to select a leading margin dura tion. 1 ms Leading Margin *2 ms Leading Margin 3 ms Leading Margin 5 ms Leading Margin 10 ms Leading Margin[…]

  • Страница 154

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 11-12 Check For Decode LED The attached decoder norma lly asserts the Decode line to signal to the Scanner Emula tion host that it successfully decoded the transmitted bar code. Some decoders, however , do not assert the De code signal. In this case, the digital scanner emits transmit error beeps to indicate th at […]

  • Страница 155

    123 Scan Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 Communication with 123Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 123Scan Parameter[…]

  • Страница 156

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guid 12-2[…]

  • Страница 157

    123 Scan 12-3 Introduction 123Scan is a Windows ® -based utility that pr ograms the digital scanner with all parameters including Advanced Data Formattin g (ADF) Rules. An ADF rule modifies bar code data before it is sent to the host to ensure compatibility between bar coded data an d the host application. Digital scanners can be programmed via P […]

  • Страница 158

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guid 12-4[…]

  • Страница 159

    Symbologies Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Scanning Sequence Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Errors While S[…]

  • Страница 160

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-2 Enable/Disable UCC/EAN-128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21 Enable/Disable ISBT 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-21 Code 39 . . .[…]

  • Страница 161

    Symbologies 13-3 RSS (Reduced Space Symbology). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-49 RSS-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-49 RSS Limited . . .[…]

  • Страница 162

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-4[…]

  • Страница 163

    Symbologies 13-5 Introduction This chapter describes symbology features and provides the programming bar co des for selecting these features. Before programming, follow the ins tructions in Chapter 1, Getting Started . The digital scanner is shipp ed with the settings s hown in the Symbology Defau lt T able on page 13-6 (also see Append ix A, Stand[…]

  • Страница 164

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-6 Symbology Parameter Defaults T able 13-1 lists the defaults for all symbologies parame ters. T o change any option, scan the ap propriate bar code(s) provided in the Symbologies Parame ters section beginning o n 13-10 . See Appendix A, Standard Defau lt Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, and miscellan[…]

  • Страница 165

    Symbologies 13-7 Code 39 Code 39 00h Enable 13-2 2 T rioptic Code 39 0Dh Disable 13-22 Convert Code 39 to Code 32 (Italian Pharmacy Code) 56 h Disable 13-23 Code 32 Prefix E7h Disable 13-23 Set Length(s) for Code 39 12h 13h 2 to 55 13-24 Code 39 Check Digit V erification 30h Disable 13-25 T ransmit Co de 39 Check Di git 2Bh Disable 13 -26 Code 39 F[…]

  • Страница 166

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-8 Codabar (NW — 7) Codabar 07h Disable 13-39 Set Lengths fo r Codabar 18h 19h 5 to 55 13-40 CLSI Editing 36h Disabl e 13-4 1 NOTIS Editin g 37h Disabl e 13-41 MSI MSI 0Bh Disable 13-4 2 Set Length(s) for MSI 1Eh 1Fh 1 to 55 13-42 MSI Check Digits 32h One 13-43 T ransmit MSI Ch eck Digit 2Eh Disa ble 13 -44 MSI C[…]

  • Страница 167

    Symbologies 13-9 Composite T LC-39 F0h 73h Disable 13-52 UPC Composite Mod e F0h 58h Always Link ed 13-53 Composite Be ep Mode F0h 8E h Beep As Each Co de T ype is Decoded 13-54 UCC/EAN Code 128 Emu lation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Co des F0h ABh Disable 13-54 2D Symbologies PDF417 0Fh Enable 13-55 MicroPDF417 E3h Disable 13-55 Code 128 Emu lation[…]

  • Страница 168

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-10 UPC/EAN Enable/Disable UPC-A Parameter # 01h T o enable or disa ble UPC-A, scan the appropriate bar code belo w . Enable/Disable UPC-E Parameter # 02h T o enable or disable UPC-E, scan the appropriate bar cod e below . * Enable UPC-A (01h) Disable UPC-A (00h) * Enable UPC-E (01h) Disable UPC-E (00h)[…]

  • Страница 169

    Symbologies 13-11 Enable/Disable UPC-E1 Parameter # 0Ch UPC-E1 is disabled by default. T o enable or disable UPC-E1, sca n the appropriate bar code below . UPC-E1 is not a UCC (Uni form C ode Council) appro ved symbology . Enable/Disable EAN-8/JAN-8 Parameter # 04h T o enable or disable EAN-8/JAN-8, sc an the appropriate bar code b elow . Enable UP[…]

  • Страница 170

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-12 Enable/Disable EAN-13/JAN-13 Parameter # 03h T o enable or disable EAN-13/JAN-13, scan the app ropriate bar code below . Enable/Disable Bookland EAN Parameter # 53h T o enable or disable Bookland EAN, scan the appropriate b ar code below . * Enable EAN-13/JAN-13 (01h) Disable EAN-13/JAN-13 (00h) Enable Bookla[…]

  • Страница 171

    Symbologies 13-13 Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals Parameter # 10h Supplementals are bar co des appended acc ording to specific format conven tions (e.g., UPC A+2, UP C E+2, EAN 13+2). Six options a re availabl e. •I f Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Only With Supp lementals is selected, UPC/EAN/JAN symbols without sup plementals are not decoded. •I f Ignor[…]

  • Страница 172

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-14 Decode UPC/EAN/JAN S upplementals (continued) UPC/EAN/JAN Supple mental Redundancy Parameter # 50h With Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN/JAN Supplem entals selected, this option adjusts the number of times a symbol without supplementals is deco ded before transmission . The range is from two to thirty times. Five or […]

  • Страница 173

    Symbologies 13-15 T ransmit UPC-A Check Digit Parameter # 28h The check digit is the last characte r of the symbol use d to verify the inte grity of the data. Scan the appropriate bar code bel ow to transmit the bar code data with or without the UPC-A check digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data. T ransmit UPC-E Check D[…]

  • Страница 174

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-16 T ransmit UPC-E1 Check Digit Parameter # 2Ah The check digit is the last characte r of the symbol use d to verify the inte grity of the data. Scan the appropriate bar code bel ow to transmit the bar code data with or without the UPC-E1 check digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data […]

  • Страница 175

    Symbologies 13-17 UPC-E Preamble Parameter # 23h Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Cou ntry Code and System Character . There are th ree options for transmitting a UPC-E preamble to the host devic e: transmit System Character only , transmit System Char acter and Country Code (“ 0” for USA), and transmit no preamble. S[…]

  • Страница 176

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-18 UPC-E1 Preamble Parameter # 24h Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Cou ntry Code and System Character . There are th ree options for transmitting a UPC-E1 preamble to th e host device: transmit System Character o nly , tra nsmit System Character and Country Code ( “0” for USA), an[…]

  • Страница 177

    Symbologies 13-19 Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A Parameter # 26h Enable this to convert UPC-E1 decoded data to UPC-A format be fore transmission. After conversion, the data follows UPC-A format and is affected by UPC-A programming selectio ns (e.g., Preamble, Check Digit). When disabled, UPC-E1 de coded data is transm itted as UPC-E1 data, w ithout conver[…]

  • Страница 178

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-20 UCC Coupon Extended Code Parameter # 55h When enabled, this parameter decodes UPC-A bar codes sta rting wi th digit ‘5’, EAN-13 bar codes starting with digit ‘99’, and U P C- A/EAN-128 Coupon Codes. UPCA, EAN-13, and EAN-128 mu st be enabled to scan all types of Coupon Codes. Use the Decode UPC/EAN Su[…]

  • Страница 179

    Symbologies 13-21 Enable/Disable UCC/EAN-128 Parameter # 0Eh T o enable or disa ble UCC/EAN-128, scan the appropriate bar code below . Enable/Disable ISBT 128 Parameter # 54h ISBT 128 is a variant of Code 128 used in the blood bank industry . Scan a bar code below to enable or disable ISBT 128. If nece ssa ry , the host must perform concatenation o[…]

  • Страница 180

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-22 Code 39 Enable/Disable Code 39 Parameter # 00h T o enable or disable Code 39, scan the appropriate bar cod e below . Enable/Disable T r ioptic Code 39 Parameter # 0Dh T rioptic Code 39 is a varia nt of Code 39 used in the marking of comput er tape cartridges. T rioptic Code 39 symbols a lways conta in six cha[…]

  • Страница 181

    Symbologies 13-23 Convert Code 39 to Code 32 Parameter # 56h Code 32 is a variant of Co de 39 used by the Italian pharmaceutical industry . Scan the appropriate bar cod e below to enable or d isabl e converting Code 39 to Code 32. Code 39 must be enabled for th is parameter to function. Code 32 Prefix Parameter # E7h Scan the appropriate bar code b[…]

  • Страница 182

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-24 Set Lengths for Code 39 Parameter # L1 = 12h, L2 = 13h The length of a code re fers to the number of characters (i.e ., human readable characters), in cluding check digit(s) the code co ntains. Set lengths for Code 39 to any length, one o r two discrete lengths, or length s within a specific range. If Code 39[…]

  • Страница 183

    Symbologies 13-25 Set Lengths for Code 39 (continued) Code 39 Check Digit V erification Parameter # 30h When this feature is enabled, the digital scanne r checks the inte grity of all Code 39 symbols to verify that the data complies with specifie d check digi t algorithm. Onl y Code 39 symb ols which incl ude a modulo 43 check digit are decod ed. E[…]

  • Страница 184

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-26 T ransmit Code 39 Check Digit Parameter # 2Bh Scan a bar code below to transmit Code 39 data with or without the check digit. Code 39 Check Digit Verification must be e nabled for this para meter to function. Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion Parameter # 11h Code 39 Full ASCII is a varian t of Code 39 which pairs[…]

  • Страница 185

    Symbologies 13-27 Code 39 Buffering (Scan & Store) Parameter # 71h This feature allows the digital scanne r to accumulate data from multiple Code 39 symb ols. Selecting the Scan and Store option (Buffer Code 39) temporar ily buffe rs all Code 39 symbols having a leading space as a first character for later transmission. The leading sp ace is no[…]

  • Страница 186

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-28 Clear T ransmission Buffer T o clear the transmission b uffer , scan the Clear Buffer bar code below , which contains only a start character , a dash (minus), and a stop character . • The digital scanner issues a short hi/lo/hi beep . • The digital scanner erases the transmission buffer . • No transmiss[…]

  • Страница 187

    Symbologies 13-29 Overfilling T ransmission Buffer The Code 39 buffer holds 200 characters. If the symbol just read results in an overflo w of the transmission buffer: • The digital scanner indicates that the symbol was re jected by issuing three long, high be eps. • No transmission occurs . The data in the buffer is not affected. Attempt to T […]

  • Страница 188

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-30 Set Lengths for Code 93 Parameter # L1 = 1Ah, L2 = 1Bh The length of a code re fers to the number of characters (i.e ., human readable characters), in cluding check digit(s) the code co ntains. Set lengths for Code 93 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. • One Disc[…]

  • Страница 189

    Symbologies 13-31 Set Lengths for Code 93 (continued) Code 11 Code 11 Parameter # 0Ah T o enable or disable Code 11, scan the appropriate bar cod e below . Code 93 — One Discrete Length Code 93 — T wo Discrete Lengths Code 93 — Length Within Range Code 93 — Any Length Enable Code 11 (01h) * Disable Code 11 (00h)[…]

  • Страница 190

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-32 Set Lengths for Code 11 Parameter # L1 = 1Ch, L2 = 1Dh The length of a code re fers to the number of characters (i.e ., human readable characters), in cluding check digit(s) the code co ntains. Set lengths for Code 11 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. • One Disc[…]

  • Страница 191

    Symbologies 13-33 Code 11 Check Digit V erification Parameter # 34h This feature allows the digital scann er to check the integrity of all Code 11 symbols to verify that the data complies with the specified check digit algorithm. This sele cts the check digit mechanism fo r the decod ed Code 11 bar code. The options are to check for on e check digi[…]

  • Страница 192

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-34 T ransmit Code 11 Check Digits Parameter # 2Fh This feature selects whether or not to transmit the Code 11 check digit(s). Code 11 Check Digit Verification must be e nabled for this para meter to function. Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) Enable/Disable Interleaved 2 of 5 Parameter # 06h T o enable or disable Interle[…]

  • Страница 193

    Symbologies 13-35 Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 Parameter # L1 = 16h, L2 = 17h The length of a code re fers to the number of characters (i.e ., human readable characters), in cluding check digit(s) the code co ntains. Set lengths for I 2 of 5 to any length, one or tw o di screte lengths, o r lengths within a specific range. • One Discrete Le[…]

  • Страница 194

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-36 Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 (continued) I 2 of 5 Check Digit V erification Parameter # 31h When this feature is enabled, the digital scanne r checks the integr ity of all I 2 of 5 symbols to verify the data complies with either the specified Uniform Symbology Specific ation (USS), or th e Optical Produ[…]

  • Страница 195

    Symbologies 13-37 T ransmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit Parameter # 2Ch Scan the appropriate bar code belo w to transmit I 2 of 5 data with or witho ut the check digit. Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 Parameter # 52h Enable this parameter to convert 14-charac ter I 2 of 5 codes to EA N-13, and transmit to the hos t as EAN-13. T o accomplish this , the I 2 of 5[…]

  • Страница 196

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-38 Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF) Enable/Disable Discrete 2 of 5 Parameter # 05h T o enable or disable Discrete 2 of 5, scan the appropriate ba r code below . Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5 Parameter # L1 = 14h, L2 = 15h The length of a code re fers to the number of characters (i.e ., human readable characters), in clud[…]

  • Страница 197

    Symbologies 13-39 Set Lengths for Discre te 2 of 5 (continued) Codabar (NW — 7) Enable/Disable Codabar Parameter # 07h T o enable or disable Codabar , scan the appropriate ba r code below . D 2 of 5 — One Discrete Length D 2 of 5 — T wo Discrete Lengths D 2 of 5 — Length Within Range D 2 of 5 — Any Length Enable Codabar (01h) * Disable Codabar (00h[…]

  • Страница 198

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-40 Set Lengths for Codabar Parameter # L1 = 18h, L2 = 19h The length of a code re fers to the number of characters (i.e ., human readable characters), in cluding check digit(s) the code co ntains. Set lengths for Codabar to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. • One Disc[…]

  • Страница 199

    Symbologies 13-41 CLSI Editing Parameter # 36h When enabled, this pa rameter strips the start an d stop characters and in serts a space after the first, fifth , and tenth charact ers of a 14-character Codabar symbol. En able this feature if the host system requires this data format. Symbol length does not include start and stop characters. NOTIS Ed[…]

  • Страница 200

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-42 MSI Enable/Disable MSI Parameter # 0Bh T o enable or disable MSI, scan the appropriate bar cod e below . Set Lengths for MSI Parameter # L1 = 1Eh, L2 = 1Fh The length of a code re fers to the number of characters (i.e ., human readable characters), in cluding check digit(s) the code co ntains. Set lengths for[…]

  • Страница 201

    Symbologies 13-43 Set Lengths for MSI (continued) MSI Check Digits Parameter # 32h With MSI symbols, one check digit is mandat ory and always verified by the reader . The second check digit is optional. If the MS I codes include two check digits, scan the T wo MSI Check Di gits bar code to enable verification of the secon d check digit. See MSI Che[…]

  • Страница 202

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-44 T ransmit MSI Check Digit(s) Parameter # 2Eh Scan a bar code below to transmit MSI data with or without the check digit. MSI Check Digit Algorithm Parameter # 33h T wo algorithms are possible for the verification of the seco nd MS I check d igit. Select the bar code below corresponding to the algorithm used t[…]

  • Страница 203

    Symbologies 13-45 Postal Codes US Postnet Parameter # 59h T o enable or disable US Postnet, scan the appropriate ba r code below . US Planet Parameter # 5Ah T o enable or disable US Planet, scan the appropriate bar cod e below . *Enable US Postnet (01h) Disable US Postnet (00h) *Enable US Planet (01h) Disable US Planet (00h)[…]

  • Страница 204

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-46 UK Postal Parameter # 5Bh T o enable or disable UK Postal, scan the appropriate bar cod e below . T ransmit UK Postal Check Digit Parameter # 60h Select whether to transmit UK Postal data with or without the check digit. *Enable UK Postal (01h) Disable UK Postal (00h) *T ransmit UK Postal Check Digit (01h) Do[…]

  • Страница 205

    Symbologies 13-47 Japan Postal Parameter # F0h, 22h T o enable or disa ble Japan Posta l, scan the appropriate bar cod e below . Australian Postal Parameter # F0h, 23h T o enable or disable Australian Postal, scan the appropriate bar code below . *Enable Japan Postal (01h) Disable Japan Postal (00h) *Enable Australian Postal (01h) Disable Australia[…]

  • Страница 206

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-48 Dutch Postal Parameter # F0h, 46h T o enable or disable Dutch Postal, sca n the appropriate bar code below . T ransmit US Postal Check Digit Parameter # 5Fh Select whether to transmit US Postal data with or without the check digit. *Enable Dutch Postal (01h) Disable Dutch Postal (00h) *T ransmit US Postal Che[…]

  • Страница 207

    Symbologies 13-49 RSS (Reduced Space Symbology) The variants of RSS a re RSS 14, RSS Expanded, an d RSS Limited. Th e limited and expanded versions have sta cked variants. Scan th e appropriate bar code below to enable or disab le each variant of RSS. RSS-14 Parameter # F0h 52h . RSS Limited Parameter # F0h 53h . *Enable RSS 14 (01h) Disable RSS 14[…]

  • Страница 208

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-50 RSS Expanded Parameter # F0h 54h . Convert RSS to UPC/EAN Parameter # F0h, 8Dh This parameter only ap plies to RSS-14 and RSS Limited symbols not dec oded as part of a Co mposite symbol. Ena ble this to strip t he leading ‘010’ from RSS-14 and RSS Limited sym bols encoding a single zero as the first[…]

  • Страница 209

    Symbologies 13-51 Composite Composite CC-C Parameter # F0h 55h Scan a bar code below to enable or disable Composite bar code s of type CC-C. Composite CC-A/B Parameter # F0h 56h Scan a bar code below to enable or dis able Composite b ar codes of type CC-A/B. Enable CC-C (01h) * Disable CC-C (00h) Enable CC-A/B (01h) *Disable CC-A/B (00h)[…]

  • Страница 210

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-52 Composite TLC-39 Parameter # F0h 73h Scan a bar code below to enable or disable Composite bar code s of type TLC-39. Enable TLC39 (01h) *Disable TLC39 (00h)[…]

  • Страница 211

    Symbologies 13-53 UPC Composite Mode Parameter # F0h 58h UPC symbols can be “linked” with a 2D symbol during transmission as if they were one symbol. There are three options for these symbols: • Select UPC Never Linked to transmit UPC bar codes regardless of whether a 2D symbol is detected. • Select UPC Alway s Linked to transmit UPC bar co[…]

  • Страница 212

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-54 Composite Beep Mode Parameter # F0h, 8Eh T o select the number of decode beeps when a composite bar code is decoded, scan the appropriate bar cod e. UCC/EAN Code 128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes Parameter # F0h, ABh Select whether to enable or disable this mode. Single Beep after both are decode[…]

  • Страница 213

    Symbologies 13-55 2D Symbologies Enable/Disable PDF417 Parameter # 0Fh T o enable or disable PDF417, scan the appropriate ba r code below . Enable/Disable MicroPDF417 Parameter # E3h T o enable or disable MicroPDF417, scan the appro priate bar code below . *Enable PDF417 (01h) Disable PDF4 17 (00h) Enable MicroPDF417 (01h) *Disable MicroPDF417 (00h[…]

  • Страница 214

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-56 Code 128 Emulation Parameter # 7Bh When this parameter is enabled, the sc anner transmits data from certain MicroPDF417 symbols as if it was encoded in Code 128 symbols. T ransmit AIM Symbology Identifiers must be enable d for this parameter to work. If Code 128 Emulation is enabled, these MicroPDF417 symbo l[…]

  • Страница 215

    Symbologies 13-57 Data Matrix Parameter # F0h, 24h T o enable or disable Data Matrix, scan the appropriate bar c ode below . Maxicode Parameter # F0h, 26h T o enable or disable Maxicode, scan the appropria te bar code below . *Enable Data Matrix (01h) Disable Data Mat rix (00h) *Enable Maxicode (01h) Disable Maxicode (00h)[…]

  • Страница 216

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-58 QR Code Parameter # F0h,25h T o enable or disable QR Code, scan the appropriate bar c ode below . *Enable QR Code (01h) Disable QR Code (00h)[…]

  • Страница 217

    Symbologies 13-59 Redundancy Level Parameter # 4Eh The digital scanner offers four levels of decode redu ndancy . Select higher redundancy leve ls for decreasing lev els of bar code qu ality . As redundancy le vels increase, the d igital scanner’ s aggressiveness dec reases. Select the redundan cy level appropriate for the bar code quality . Redu[…]

  • Страница 218

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-60 Redundancy Level (continued) *Redundancy Level 1 (01h) Redundancy Level 2 (02h) Redundancy Level 3 (03h) Redundancy Level 4 (04h)[…]

  • Страница 219

    Symbologies 13-61 Security Level Parameter # 4Dh The digital scanner offers four le vels of decode security for delta bar codes, wh ich include the Code 1 28 family , UPC/EAN, a nd Code 93. Select increasing levels of security for decreasing levels of bar code quality . The re is an inverse relationship between se curity and digital scanner aggress[…]

  • Страница 220

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-62 Intercharacter Gap Size Parameter # F0h, 7Dh The Code 39 and Codabar symbologies ha ve an intercharacte r gap t hat is typically quite s mall. Due to various bar code-printing technologies, this gap can grow larger than the maximum size allowed , preventing the digital scanner from decoding the symbol. If thi[…]

  • Страница 221

    Symbologies 13-63 Macro PDF Features Macro PDF is a special feature for concate nating multiple PDF symbols into one file. The digital sc anner can decode symbols tha t are encoded with this feature, and can store more than 64 kb of decoded data stored in up to 50 MacroPDF symbols. When printing, keep each Macro PDF sequence separate, as ea ch sequ[…]

  • Страница 222

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-64[…]

  • Страница 223

    Miscellaneous Scanner Options Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 Scanning Sequence Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1[…]

  • Страница 224

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 14-2[…]

  • Страница 225

    Miscellaneou s Scanner Options 14-3 Introduction This chapter includes commonly used bar codes to c ustomize how data is transmitted to the hos t device. See Chapter 15, Adv anced Data Formatting for further c ustomization options. The digital scanner ships with the setting s shown in the Miscellaneous Scann er Options Default T able on page 14-4 ([…]

  • Страница 226

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 14-4 Miscellaneous Scanner Parameter Defaults T able 14-1 lists the defau lts for miscellane ous scanner options parame ters. T o change an y option, scan the appropriate bar code(s) provided in the Miscellaneous Scann er Parameters on page 14-5 . See Appendix A, Standard Defau lt Parameters for all user preference[…]

  • Страница 227

    Miscellaneou s Scanner Options 14-5 Miscellaneous Scanner Parameters T ransmit Code ID Character Parameter # 2Dh A Code ID character identifies th e code type of a scanned bar co de. This is useful when the digital scanner is decoding more th a n one code type. In addition to any single charac ter prefix already selecte d, the Code ID character is […]

  • Страница 228

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 14-6 Prefix/Suffix V alues Key Category Parameter # P = 63h, S1 = 62h, S2 = 64h Decimal V alue Parameter # P = 69h, S1 = 68h, S2 = 6Ah A prefix and/or one or two s uffixes can be appe nded to scan data fo r use in data editing . T o set a value for a prefix or suffix , scan a four -digit number (i.e., four bar code[…]

  • Страница 229

    Miscellaneou s Scanner Options 14-7 Scan Data T rans mission Format Parameter # EBh T o change the scan data format, scan one of the following eigh t bar codes corresp onding to the d esired format. If using this parameter do not use ADF rules to set the prefix/suffix. T o set values for the prefix and/or suffix, see Prefix/Suffix V alues on page 1[…]

  • Страница 230

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 14-8 FN1 Substitution V alues Key Category Parameter # 67h Decimal V alue Parameter # 6Dh The Wedge and USB HID Keyboard hosts support a F N1 Substitution fe ature. When en abled any FN1 character (0x1b) in an EAN128 bar code is substituted with a value. This valu e defaults to 7013 (Enter Key). When using host com[…]

  • Страница 231

    Miscellaneou s Scanner Options 14-9 T ransmit “No Read” Message Parameter # 5Eh Scan a bar code below to select whether or not to transmit a No Read message. Wh en enabled, the characters NR are transmitted when a bar code is not decoded. When disabled , if a symbol does not decode, nothing is sent to the host. Enable No Read (01h) * Disable No[…]

  • Страница 232

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 14-10 Synapse Interface Parameter # F0h, ACh The auto-detection of a Synapse cable va ries in duration depe nding on the type of Synap se connection. If a digital scanner is connected to another scan ner using a Synapse cable , use the Auxiliary Synapse Po rt connection. In all other cases, where the ca ble is used[…]

  • Страница 233

    Advanced Data Formatting Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3 Rules: Criteria Linked to Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-[…]

  • Страница 234

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-2 Beeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-46 Send Keystroke (Control Characters and Keyboard Characters) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-46 Send Right Control Ke[…]

  • Страница 235

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-3 Introduction Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) is a means of customizing data be fore transmission to the host device. Sc an data can be edited t o suit particular requirements. ADF can be implemente d through scanning a relate d series of bar codes, which begin on page 15-8 , or by installing the 123 Scan utility (see Ch[…]

  • Страница 236

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-4 Using ADF Bar Codes When programming a rule, make sure the rule is logically correct. Plan ahead before scanning. T o program each data formatting rule: • Start the Rule . Scan the Begin New Rule bar code on page 15-8. • Criteria . Scan the bar codes for all pertinent criteria. Criteria can include c ode t[…]

  • Страница 237

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-5 Rule 1: The Code 128 Scanning Rule Step Bar Code On Page Beep Indica tion 1 Begin New Rule 15-8 High High 2 Code 12 8 15-11 High High 3 Send next 5 characte rs 15-28 High High 4 Send <CTRL M> 15-48 High High 5 Send next 5 characte rs 15-28 High High 6 Send <CTRL P> 15-48 High High 7 Send next 2 characte rs […]

  • Страница 238

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-6 and the cashie r will key the price manually . T o implement this, first enter an ADF rule that applies to the normal situation, such as: Scan Rule Belongs to Set 1. When scanning a bar code of leng th 15, send the next 2 characters, send the class k ey , send the nex t 8 characters, send the stock key , send […]

  • Страница 239

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-7 These rules reside in the same “rule list” as ADF Rule s, so the order of their creation is also important. Default Rules Every unit has a default rule to send all scan data. Units with custom software ma y have one or more default rules burned in. T he rules hierarchy checks user programmable rules first, then the[…]

  • Страница 240

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-8 Special Commands Pause Duration This parameter along with the Se nd Pause parameter on p age 15-31 allows a pau se to be inserted in the data transmission. Pauses are set by scann ing a two-digit nu mber (i.e., two bar code s), and a re measured in 0.1 second intervals. For example, sc anning b ar codes “0?[…]

  • Страница 241

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-9 Erase Use these bar codes to erase criteria, actions, or rules. Quit Entering Rules Scan this bar code to quit entering rules. Quit Entering Rules Erase Criteria And Start Again Erase Actions And Start Again Erase Previously Saved Rule Erase All Rules[…]

  • Страница 242

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-10 Disable Rule Set Use these bar codes to disable rule sets. Disable Rule Set 1 Disable Rule Set 2 Disable Rule Set 3 Disable Rule Set 4 Disable All Rule Sets[…]

  • Страница 243

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-11 Criteria Code T ypes Select any number of code types to be affected. All selected codes must be scanned in successio n, prior to selecting other crit eria. T o select all code types, do not scan any code type . Scan the bar codes for all code types desired before selecting other criteria. Code 39 Codabar RSS 14 RSS Li[…]

  • Страница 244

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-12 Code T ypes (continued) IA T A 2 OF 5 I 2 OF 5 Code 93 UPC-A UPC-E EAN-8 EAN-13[…]

  • Страница 245

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-13 Code T ypes (continued) MSI UCC/EAN 128 UPC-E1 Bookland EAN T rioptic Code 39 Code 11 Code 32[…]

  • Страница 246

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-14 Code T ypes (continued) ISBT 128 EAN 128 Coupon Code US Postnet US Planet UK Postal Japan Postal[…]

  • Страница 247

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-15 Code T ypes (continued) Australian Postal Dutch Postal PDF417 MicroPDF Macro PDF Macro MicroPDF MaxiCode[…]

  • Страница 248

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-16 When selecting composite bar co des, enable AIM IDs if pars ing UPC or EAN composite data, or data from an application that uses symbol separators. Code T ypes (continued) Datamatrix QR Code TLC 39 UPC/EAN Composites RSS and EAN128 Composites[…]

  • Страница 249

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-17 Code Lengths Define the number of cha racters the selected code typ e must contain. Do not sele ct any code length to selec t code types of any le ngth . Scan these bar codes to define the number of char acters the selected code types must contain. Select one length per rule only . 1 Character 2 Characters 3 Character[…]

  • Страница 250

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-18 Code Lengths (continued) 7 Characters 8 Characters 9 Characters 10 Characters 11 Characters 12 Characters 13 Characters[…]

  • Страница 251

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-19 Code Lengths (continued) 14 Characters 15 Characters 16 Characters 17 Characters 18 Characters 19 Characters 20 Characters[…]

  • Страница 252

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-20 Code Lengths (continued) 21 Characters 22 Characters 23 Characters 24 Characters 25 Characters 26 Characters 27 Characters[…]

  • Страница 253

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-21 Code Lengths (continued) 28 Characters 29 Characters 30 Characters[…]

  • Страница 254

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-22 Message Containing A Specific Data String Use this feature to select whether the formatting affects data that begins with a specific character or data string, or contain s a specific character or data string. There are 4 features: • Specific String at Start • Specific String, Any Location • Any Message […]

  • Страница 255

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-23 Specific String, Any Location Scan this bar code, the n, using the Numeric Keypa d on page 15-24 , sca n a two-digit number representin g the position (use a leading “zero” if necessary). The n scan the desired character or characters (up to a total of 8) on the Alphanu meric Keyboard on page 15-90 , followed by t[…]

  • Страница 256

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-24 Numeric Keypad Bar codes on th is page should not be confuse d with those on the alphanumeric keyboard. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6[…]

  • Страница 257

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-25 Numeric Keypad (continued) 7 8 9 Cancel[…]

  • Страница 258

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-26 Rule Belongs T o Set Select the set a rule belongs to. (There are four possible rule sets.) See Alternate Rule Sets on page 15-5 for more information about rule sets. Scan a bar code below to select whic h set a rule belongs to. Rule Belongs T o Set 1 Rule Belongs T o Set 2 Rule Belongs T o Set 3 Rule Belongs[…]

  • Страница 259

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-27 Actions Select how to format the data for transmission. Send Data Send all data that remains, se nd all data up to a spec ific character selected from the Alphan umeric Keyboard on page 15-90 , or send the next N characters. N = any number from 1 to 254, selected from the Alph anumeric Keyboard . Use these bar codes t[…]

  • Страница 260

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-28 Send Data (continued) Send Next 5 Characters Send Next 6 Characters Send Next 7 Characters Send Next 8 Characters Send Next 9 Characters Send Next 10 Characters Send Next 11 Characters[…]

  • Страница 261

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-29 Send Data (continued) Send Next 12 Characters Send Next 13 Characters Send Next 14 Characters Send Next 15 Characters Send Next 16 Characters Send Next 17 Characters Send Next 18 Characters[…]

  • Страница 262

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-30 Setup Field(s) Send Data (continued) Send Next 19 Characters Send Next 20 Characters T able 15-1. Setup Fi eld(s) Definitions Parameter Description Page Move Cursor Move Cursor T o a Character Scan the Move Cursor T o Character bar code on page 15-3 1, then any printable ASCII charac ter from the Alphanumeric[…]

  • Страница 263

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-31 Move Cursor Scan a bar code below to move the cursor in relation to a specified character . Then en ter a character by scanning a bar code fr om th e Alphanumeric Keyboard beginn ing on page 15-90. If there is no match when the rule is interpreted and the ru le fails, the next rule is checked. Send Pause Scan the bar […]

  • Страница 264

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-32 Skip Ahead Use the following bar codes to skip ahead characte rs. Skip Ahead 1 Character Skip Ahead 2 Characters Skip Ahead 3 Characters Skip Ahead 4 Characters Skip Ahead 5 Characters Skip Ahead 7 Characters Skip Ahead 8 Characters[…]

  • Страница 265

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-33 Skip Back Use the following bar codes to skip back characters. Skip Ahead (continued) Skip Ahead 9 Characters Skip Ahead 10 Characters Skip Ahead 6 Characters Skip Back 1 Character Skip Back 2 Characters Skip Back 3 Characters[…]

  • Страница 266

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-34 Skip Back (continued) Skip Back 4 Characters Skip Back 5 Characters Skip Back 6 Characters Skip Back 7 Characters Skip Back 8 Characters Skip Back 9 Characters Skip Back 10 Characters[…]

  • Страница 267

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-35 Send Preset V alue Use these bar codes to send preset values . These values must be set using the Scan Prefix and Scan Suffix bar co des on page 14- 6. Send Prefix Send Suffix[…]

  • Страница 268

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-36 Modify Data Modify data in the ways listed. The following actions work for all send c ommands that follow it within a rule. P rogramming pad zeros to length 6, send next 3 characters, stop padding , send next 5 characters, adds three zeros to the first send, and the nex t send is unaffected by th e padding. T[…]

  • Страница 269

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-37 Pad Data with Spaces T o pad data to th e left, scan the b ar code containing th e desir ed number of spaces. This pa rameter is activated by Send command s. Pad Spaces T o Length 1 Pad Spaces T o Length 2 Pad Spaces T o Length 3 Pad Spaces T o Length 4 Pad Spaces T o Length 5 Pad Spaces T o Length 6 Pad Spaces T o Le[…]

  • Страница 270

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-38 Pad Data with Spaces (continued) Pad Spaces T o Length 8 Pad Spaces T o Length 9 Pad Spaces T o Length 10 Pad Spaces T o Length 11 Pad Spaces T o Length 12 Pad Spaces T o Length 13 Pad Spaces T o Length 14[…]

  • Страница 271

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-39 Pad Data with Spaces (continued) Pad Spaces T o Length 15 Pad Spaces T o Length 16 Pad Spaces T o Length 17 Pad Spaces T o Length 18 Pad Spaces T o Length 19 Pad Spaces T o Length 20 Pad Spaces T o Length 21[…]

  • Страница 272

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-40 Pad Data with Spaces (continued) Pad Spaces T o Length 22 Pad Spaces T o Length 23 Pad Spaces T o Length 24 Pad Spaces T o Length 25 Pad Spaces T o Length 26 Pad Spaces T o Length 27 Pad Spaces T o Length 28[…]

  • Страница 273

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-41 Pad Data with Zeros T o pad data to the left, scan the bar code containing the desired number of zeros. Th is parameter is activated by Send commands . Pad Data with Spaces (continued) Pad Spaces T o Length 29 Pad Spaces T o Length 30 Stop Pad Spaces Pad Zeros T o Length 1 Pad Zeros T o Length 2 Pad Zeros T o Length 3[…]

  • Страница 274

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-42 Pad Data with Zeros (continued) Pad Zeros T o Length 4 Pad Zeros T o Length 5 Pad Zeros T o Length 6 Pad Zeros T o Length 7 Pad Zeros T o Length 8 Pad Zeros T o Length 9 Pad Zeros T o Length 10[…]

  • Страница 275

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-43 Pad Data with Zeros (continued) Pad Zeros T o Length 11 Pad Zeros T o Length 12 Pad Zeros T o Length 13 Pad Zeros T o Length 14 Pad Zeros T o Length 15 Pad Zeros T o Length 16 Pad Zeros T o Length 17[…]

  • Страница 276

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-44 Pad Data with Zeros (continued) Pad Zeros T o Length 18 Pad Zeros T o Length 19 Pad Zeros T o Length 20 Pad Zeros T o Length 21 Pad Zeros T o Length 22 Pad Zeros T o Length 23 Pad Zeros T o Length 24[…]

  • Страница 277

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-45 Pad Data with Zeros (continued) Pad Zeros T o Length 25 Pad Zeros T o Length 26 Pad Zeros T o Length 27 Pad Zeros T o Length 28 Pad Zeros T o Length 29 Pad Zeros T o Length 30 Stop Pad Zeros[…]

  • Страница 278

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-46 Beeps Select a beep sequence for each ADF rule. Send Key stroke (Control Charac ters and Keyboard Characters) Control Characters Scan the “Send __” bar code for the keystroke to send Beep Once Beep T wice Beep Three T i mes Send Control 2 Send Control A Send Control B[…]

  • Страница 279

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-47 Control Characters (continued) Send Control C Send Control D Send Control E Send Control F Send Control G Send Control H Send Control I[…]

  • Страница 280

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-48 Control Characters (continued) Send Control J Send Control K Send Control L Send Control M Send Control N Send Control O Send Control P[…]

  • Страница 281

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-49 Control Characters (continued) Send Control Q Send Control R Send Control S Send Control T Send Control U Send Control V Send Control W[…]

  • Страница 282

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-50 Control Characters (continued) Send Control X Send Control Y Send Control Z Send Control [ Send Control Send Control ][…]

  • Страница 283

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-51 Keyboard Characters Scan the “Send __” bar code for th e keyboard characters to send. Control Characters (continued) Send Control 6 Send Control — Send Space Send ! Send “ Send #[…]

  • Страница 284

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-52 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send $ Send % Send & Send ‘ Send ( Send ) Send *[…]

  • Страница 285

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-53 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send + Send , Send — Send . Send / Send 0 Send 1[…]

  • Страница 286

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-54 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send 2 Send 3 Send 4 Send 5 Send 6 Send 7 Send 8[…]

  • Страница 287

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-55 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send 9 Send : Send ; Send < Send = Send > Send ?[…]

  • Страница 288

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-56 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send @ Send A Send B Send C Send D Send E Send F[…]

  • Страница 289

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-57 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send G Send H Send I Send J Send K Send L Send M[…]

  • Страница 290

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-58 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send N Send O Send P Send Q Send R Send S Send T[…]

  • Страница 291

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-59 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send U Send V Send W Send X Send Y Send Z Send [[…]

  • Страница 292

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-60 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send Send ] Send ^ Send _ Send ` Send a Send b[…]

  • Страница 293

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-61 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send c Send d Send e Send f Send g Send h Send i[…]

  • Страница 294

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-62 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send j Send k Send l Send m Send n Send o Send p[…]

  • Страница 295

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-63 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send q Send r Send s Send t Send u Send v Send w[…]

  • Страница 296

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-64 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send x Send y Send z Send { Send | Send } Send ~[…]

  • Страница 297

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-65 Send AL T Characters Send Alt 2 Send Alt A Send Alt B Send Alt C Send Alt D Send Alt E Send Alt F[…]

  • Страница 298

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-66 Send AL T Characters (continued) Send Alt G Send Alt H Send Alt I Send Alt J Send Alt K Send Alt L Send Alt M[…]

  • Страница 299

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-67 Send AL T Characters (continued) Send Alt N Send Alt O Send Alt P Send Alt Q Send Alt R Send Alt S Send Alt T[…]

  • Страница 300

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-68 Send AL T Characters (continued) Send Alt U Send Alt V Send Alt W Send Alt X Send Alt Y Send Alt Z Send Alt [[…]

  • Страница 301

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-69 Send AL T Characters (continued) Send Alt Send Alt ] Send Alt 6 Send Alt -[…]

  • Страница 302

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-70 Send Keypad Characters Send Keypad * Send Keypad + Send Keypad — Send Keypad . Send Keypad / Send Keypad 0 Send Keypad 1[…]

  • Страница 303

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-71 Send Keypad Characters (continued) Send Keypad 2 Send Keypad 3 Send Keypad 4 Send Keypad 5 Send Keypad 6 Send Keypad 7 Send Keypad 8[…]

  • Страница 304

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-72 Send Keypad Characters (continued) Send Keypad 9 Send Keypad Enter Send Keypad Numlock Send Break Key Send Delete Key Send Page Up Key Send End Key[…]

  • Страница 305

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-73 Send Keypad Characters (continued) Send Page Down Key Send Pause Key Send Scroll Lock Key Send Backspace Key Send T ab Key Send Print Screen Key Send Insert Key[…]

  • Страница 306

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-74 Send Keypad Characters (continued) Send Home Key Send Ent er Key Send Escape Key Send Up Arrow Key Send Down Arrow Key Send Left Arrow Key Send Right Arrow Key[…]

  • Страница 307

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-75 Send Function Key Send F1 Key Send F2 Key Send F3 Key Send F4 Key Send F5 Key Send F6 Key Send F7 Key[…]

  • Страница 308

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-76 Send Function Key (continued) Send F8 Key Send F9 Key Send F10 Key Send F11 Key Send F12 Key Send F13 Key Send F14 Key[…]

  • Страница 309

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-77 Send Function Key (continued) Send F15 Key Send F16 Key Send F17 Key Send F18 Key Send F19 Key Send F20 Key Send F21 Key[…]

  • Страница 310

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-78 Send Function Key (continued) Send F22 Key Send F23 Key Send F24 Key Send PF1 Key Send PF2 Key Send PF3 Key Send PF4 Key[…]

  • Страница 311

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-79 Send Function Key (continued) Send PF5 Key Send PF6 Key Send PF7 Key Send PF8 Key Send PF9 Key Send PF10 Key Send PF11 Key[…]

  • Страница 312

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-80 Send Function Key (continued) Send PF12 Key Send PF13 Key Send PF14 Key Send PF15 Key Send PF16 Key Send PF17 Key Send PF18 Key[…]

  • Страница 313

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-81 Send Function Key (continued) Send PF19 Key Send PF20 Key Send PF21 Key Send PF22 Key Send PF23 Key Send PF24 Key Send PF25 Key[…]

  • Страница 314

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-82 Send Right Control Key The “Send Right Control Key” action will send a tap (pre ss and release) of the Right Control Ke y . Send Right Control Key Send Function Key (continued) Send PF26 Key Send PF27 Key Send PF28 Key Send PF29 Key Send PF30 Key[…]

  • Страница 315

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-83 Send Graphic User Inte rface (GUI) Characters The “Send Graphic User Interface Character” actions will tap th e specified key while hold ing the System Depen dent Graphic User Interface (GUI) Key . The definition of the Graphic User Interface key is dependant upo n the attached system: Send GUI 0 Send GUI 1 Send G[…]

  • Страница 316

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-84 Send Graphic User Interface (GUI) Char acters (conitinued) Send GUI 6 Send GUI 7 Send GUI 8 Send GUI 9 Send GUI A Send GUI B Send GUI C[…]

  • Страница 317

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-85 Send Graphic User Interface (GUI) Characters (conitinued) Send GUI D Send GUI E Send GUI F Send GUI G Send GUI H Send GUI I Send GUI J[…]

  • Страница 318

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-86 Send Graphic User Interface (GUI) Char acters (conitinued) Send GUI K Send GUI L Send GUI M Send GUI N Send GUI O Send GUI P Send GUI Q[…]

  • Страница 319

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-87 Send Graphic User Interface (GUI) Characters (conitinued) Send GUI R Send GUI S Send GUI T Send GUI U Send GUI V Send GUI W Send GUI X[…]

  • Страница 320

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-88 T urn On/Off Rule Sets Use these bar codes to turn rule sets on and off. Send Graphic User Interface (GUI) Char acters (conitinued) Send GUI Y Send GUI Z T urn On Rule Se t 1 T urn On Rule Set 2 T urn On Rule Se t 3 T urn On Rule Set 4[…]

  • Страница 321

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-89 T urn On/Off Rule Sets (continued) Use these bar codes to turn rule sets on and off. T urn Off Rule S et 1 T urn Off Rule Set 2 T urn Off Rule S et 3 T urn Off Rule Set 4[…]

  • Страница 322

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-90 Alphanumeric Keyboard Space # $ % * + — (Dash)[…]

  • Страница 323

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-91 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) . / ! “ & ‘ ([…]

  • Страница 324

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-92 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) ) : ; < = > ?[…]

  • Страница 325

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-93 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) @ [ ] ^ _ (Underscore) `[…]

  • Страница 326

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-94 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) Numeric bar codes below should not be confused with those on the numeric keypad. 0 1 2 3 4 5[…]

  • Страница 327

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-95 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) 6 7 8 9 A B C[…]

  • Страница 328

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-96 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) D E F G H I J[…]

  • Страница 329

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-97 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) K L M N O P Q[…]

  • Страница 330

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-98 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) R S T U V W X[…]

  • Страница 331

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-99 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) Y Z Cancel End of Message a b c[…]

  • Страница 332

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-100 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) d e f g h i j[…]

  • Страница 333

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-101 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) k l m n o p q[…]

  • Страница 334

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-102 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) r s t u v w x[…]

  • Страница 335

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-103 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) y z { | } ~[…]

  • Страница 336

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-104[…]

  • Страница 337

    Standard Default Parameters[…]

  • Страница 338

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide A-2[…]

  • Страница 339

    Standard Defau lt Parameters A-3 T able A-1. Standard Default Parameters T able Parameter Parameter Number Default Page Number User Preferences Set Default Paramet er All Defaults 4-5 Parameter Scann ing ECh Enable 4-5 Beeper T one 91h Med ium 4-6 Beeper V olume 8Ch High 4-7 Power Mode 80h Cont inuous On 4-7 T ime Delay to Low Power Mode 92h 5 Minu[…]

  • Страница 340

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide A-4 Function Key Mapping Disable 6-11 FN1 Substitut ion Disable 6-12 Send and Make Break Send 6- 12 RS-232 Host Parameters RS-232 Host T ypes Standard 1 7- 8 Baud Rate 9600 7-9 Parity T ype None 7-11 Stop Bit Select 1 Stop Bit 7-12 Data Bits 8-Bit 7-12 Check Receive E rrors Enable 7-13 Hardware Handshaking None 7-1[…]

  • Страница 341

    Standard Defau lt Parameters A-5 Simulated Caps Lock Disable 8- 11 Convert Case No Case Conversion 8- 11 IBM 468X/469 X Host Parameters Port Addre ss None Select ed 9-5 Convert Unknown to Code 39 Disable 9-6 Wand Emulation Host Parameters Wand E mulation Host T ypes Symbol OmniLink Interface Contro ller 1 10-5 Leading Marg in 80 msec 10 -6 Polarity[…]

  • Страница 342

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide A-6 UPC-E 02h Enable 13-10 UPC-E1 0Ch Disable 13-11 EAN-8/JAN 8 04h Enable 13-11 EAN-13/JAN 13 03h Enable 13-12 Bookland EAN 53h Disable 13-1 2 Decode UPC/EAN/ JAN Supplement als (2 and 5 di gits) 10h Ignore 13-13 UPC/EAN/JAN Supp lemental Redund ancy 50h 10 13-1 4 T ransmit UPC- A Check Digit 28h En able 13-15 T r[…]

  • Страница 343

    Standard Defau lt Parameters A-7 Code 39 Check Digit V erification 30h Disable 13-25 T ransmit Co de 39 Check Di git 2Bh Disable 13 -26 Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion 11h Disable 13-26 Buffer Code 39 71h Disable 13-27 Code 93 Code 93 09h Disable 13 -29 Set Length(s) for Code 93 1Ah 1Bh 4 to 55 13-3 0 Code 11 Code 11 0Ah Disable 13-3 1 Set Lengths fo[…]

  • Страница 344

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide A-8 MSI MSI 0Bh Disable 13-4 2 Set Length(s) for MSI 1E h 1Fh 1 to 55 13-42 MSI Check Digits 32h One 13-43 T ransmit MSI Ch eck Digit 2Eh Disab le 13-44 MSI Check Digit Algorithm 33h M od 10/Mod 10 13-44 Postal Codes US Postnet 59h Enable 13 -45 US Planet 5Ah Enable 13-45 UK Postal 5Bh Enable 13-46 T ransmit UK Po […]

  • Страница 345

    Standard Defau lt Parameters A-9 UCC/EAN Code 128 Emu lation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes F0h ABh Disable 13-54 2D Symbologies PDF417 0Fh Enable 13-55 MicroPDF417 E3h Disable 13-55 Code 128 Emul ation 7Bh Disable 13-56 Data Matrix F0h 24h Enable 13-57 Maxicode F0h 26h Enable 13-57 QR Code F0h 25h Enable 13-58 Symbology-Specific Security Levels […]

  • Страница 346

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide A-10[…]

  • Страница 347

    Programming Reference Symbol Code Identifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3 AIM Code Identifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4[…]

  • Страница 348

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide B-2[…]

  • Страница 349

    Programming Reference B-3 Symbol Code Identifiers T able B-1. Symbol Code Characters Code Character Code T ype A UPC-A, UPC-E, UPC-E1, EAN-8, EAN-13 B Code 39, Code 32 C Codabar D Cod e 128 E Cod e 93 F Int erleaved 2 of 5 G Discr ete 2 of 5, or Discrete 2 of 5 IA T A H Cod e 11 JM S I K UCC/EAN-128 L Booklan d EAN M T rioptic Code 39 N Coupon Code[…]

  • Страница 350

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide B-4 AIM Code Identifiers Each AIM Code Identifier contains the three -character string ]cm where: ] = Flag Character (ASCII 93) c = Cod e Character (see T able B-2 ) m = Modifier Character (see T able B-3 ) T able B-2. Aim Code Characters Code Character Code T ype A Code 39, Code 39 Full ASCII, Code 32 C Code 128, […]

  • Страница 351

    Programming Reference B-5 The modifier character is the sum of the applicable option values based on T able B-3 . T able B-3. Modifier Characters Code T ype Option V alue Option Code 39 0 No check charac ter or Full ASCII processing . 1 Reader has ch ecked one ch eck charac ter . 3 Reader has ch ecked and st ripped ch eck characte r . 4 Reader has […]

  • Страница 352

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide B-6 Bookland EAN 0 No op tions specif ied at th is time. Always transmit 0. Example: A Bookland EAN bar code 123456789X is transmitted as ]X0 12345678 9X Code 11 0 Single check di git 1 T wo check digit s 3 Check charact ers valida ted but no t transmitted . RSS Family No option specified at this time. Always trans[…]

  • Страница 353

    Programming Reference B-7 MaxiCode 0 Symbol in Mode 4 o r 5. 1 Symbol in Mode 2 o r 3. 2 Symbol in Mode 4 o r 5, ECI prot ocol implemented . 3 Symbol in Mode 2 o r 3, ECI proto col implemented in secondary me ssage. QR Code 0 Model 1 symbo l. 1 Model 2 symbo l, ECI protocol not implemented. 2 Model 2 symbo l, ECI protocol implemented. 3 Model 2 sym[…]

  • Страница 354

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide B-8[…]

  • Страница 355

    Sample Bar Codes Code 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3 UPC/EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[…]

  • Страница 356

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide C-2[…]

  • Страница 357

    Sample Bar Codes C-3 Code 39 UPC/EAN UPC-A, 100 % EAN-13, 100 % Code 128 123ABC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 0 12345678901234567890123456789012345678901234[…]

  • Страница 358

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide C-4 Interleaved 2 of 5 RSS 14 RSS 14 must be enabled to read the bar code below (s ee RSS-14 on page 13-49). 7612341562 341 PDF417 Data Matrix 12345678901231 Note[…]

  • Страница 359

    Sample Bar Codes C-5 Maxicode QR Code US Postnet UK Postal[…]

  • Страница 360

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide C-6[…]

  • Страница 361

    Numeric Bar Codes Numeric Bar Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-3 Cancel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[…]

  • Страница 362

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide D-2[…]

  • Страница 363

    Numeric Bar Codes D-3 Numeric Bar Codes For parameters requiring specific numeric values, scan the appropriately numbered bar code(s). 0 1 2 3 4 5[…]

  • Страница 364

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide D-4 Numeric Bar Codes For parameters requiring specific numeric values, scan the appropriately numbered bar code(s). Cancel T o correct an error or change a selection, scan the bar code b elow . 6 7 8 9 Cancel[…]

  • Страница 365

    ASCII Character Sets[…]

  • Страница 366

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide E-2[…]

  • Страница 367

    ASCII Character Sets E-3 T able E-1. ASCII V alue T able ASCII Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char Key stroke 1000 %U CTRL 2 1001 $A CTRL A 1002 $B CTRL B 1003 $C CTRL C 1004 $D CTRL D 1005 $E CTRL E 1006 $F CTRL F 1007 $G CTRL G 1008 $H CTRL H/ BACKSP ACE 1 1009 $I CTRL I/ HORIZONT AL T AB 1 1010 $J CTRL J 1011 $K CTRL K 1012 $L CTRL L 1013 $M CT[…]

  • Страница 368

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide E-4 1025 $Y CTRL Y 1026 $Z CTRL Z 1027 %A CTRL [ 1028 %B CTRL 1029 %C CTRL ] 1030 %D CTRL 6 1031 %E CTRL — 1032 Space Space 1033 /A ! 1034 /B “ 1035 /C # 1036 /D $ 1037 /E % 1038 /F & 1039 /G ‘ 1040 /H ( 1041 /I ) 1042 /J * 1043 /K + 1044 /L , 1045 — — 1046 . . 1047 /o / 1048 0 0 1049 1 1 1050 2 2 1051 3 […]

  • Страница 369

    ASCII Character Sets E-5 1052 4 4 1053 5 5 1054 6 6 1055 7 7 1056 8 8 1057 9 9 1058 /Z : 1059 %F ; 1060 %G < 1061 %H = 1062 %I > 1063 %J ? 1064 %V @ 1065 A A 1066 B B 1067 C C 1068 D D 1069 E E 1070 F F 1071 G G 1072 H H 1073 I I 1074 J J 1075 K K 1076 L L 1077 M M 1078 N N T able E-1. ASCII Va lue T able (Continued) ASCII Value Full ASCII Co[…]

  • Страница 370

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide E-6 1079 O O 1080 P P 1081 Q Q 1082 R R 1083 S S 1084 T T 1085 U U 1086 V V 1087 W W 1088 X X 1089 Y Y 1090 Z Z 1091 %K [ 1092 %L 1093 %M ] 1094 %N ^ 1095 %O _ 1096 %W ‘ 1097 +A a 1098 +B b 1099 +C c 1100 +D d 1101 +E e 1102 +F f 1103 +G g 1104 +H h 1105 +I i T able E-1. ASCII V alue T able (Continued) ASCII Va[…]

  • Страница 371

    ASCII Character Sets E-7 1106 +J j 1107 +K k 1108 +L l 1109 +M m 1110 +N n 1111 +O o 1112 +P p 1113 +Q q 1114 +R r 1115 +S s 1116 +T t 1117 +U u 1118 +V v 1119 +W w 1120 +X x 1121 +Y y 1122 +Z z 1123 %P { 1124 %Q I 1125 %R } 1126 %S ~ T able E-1. ASCII Va lue T able (Continued) ASCII Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char Key stroke The keystro ke in[…]

  • Страница 372

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide E-8 T able E-2. AL T Key Standard Default T ables AL T Key s Key stroke 2064 AL T 2 2065 AL T A 2066 AL T B 2067 AL T C 2068 AL T D 2069 AL T E 2070 AL T F 2071 AL T G 2072 AL T H 2073 AL T I 2074 AL T J 2075 AL T K 2076 AL T L 2077 AL T M 2078 AL T N 2079 AL T O 2080 AL T P 2081 AL T Q 2082 AL T R 2083 AL T S 2084[…]

  • Страница 373

    ASCII Character Sets E-9 T able 5-3. USB GUI Key Character Set GUI Key Key stroke 3000 Right Control Key 3048 GUI 0 3049 GUI 1 3050 GUI 2 3051 GUI 3 3052 GUI 4 3053 GUI 5 3054 GUI 6 3055 GUI 7 3056 GUI 8 3057 GUI 9 3065 GUI A 3066 GUI B 3067 GUI C 3068 GUI D 3069 GUI E 3070 GUI F 3071 GUI G 3072 GUI H 3073 GUI I 3074 GUI J 3075 GUI K 3076 GUI L 307[…]

  • Страница 374

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide E-10 3087 GUI W 3088 GUI X 3089 GUI Y 3090 GUI Z T able E-4. PF Key Standard Default T able PF Key s Key stroke 4001 PF 1 4002 PF 2 4003 PF 3 4004 PF 4 4005 PF 5 4006 PF 6 4007 PF 7 4008 PF 8 4009 PF 9 4010 PF 10 4011 PF 11 4012 PF 12 4013 PF 13 4014 PF 14 4015 PF 15 4016 PF 16 T able 5-3. USB GUI Key C haracter Se[…]

  • Страница 375

    ASCII Character Sets E-11 T able E-5. F key St andard Default T able F K e ys K e ys t r o k e 5001 F 1 5002 F 2 5003 F 3 5004 F 4 5005 F 5 5006 F 6 5007 F 7 5008 F 8 5009 F 9 5010 F 10 5011 F 11 5012 F 12 5013 F 13 5014 F 14 5015 F 15 5016 F 16 5017 F 17 5018 F 18 5019 F 19 5020 F 20 5021 F 21 5022 F 22 5023 F 23 5024 F 24 T able E-6. Numeric Ke y[…]

  • Страница 376

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide E-12 6048 0 6049 1 6050 2 6051 3 6052 4 6053 5 6054 6 6055 7 6056 8 6057 9 6058 Enter 6059 Num Lock T able E-7. Extended Keyp ad Standard Default T able Extended Keypad Key stroke 7001 Break 7002 Delete 7003 Pg Up 7004 End 7005 Pg Dn 7006 Pause 7007 Scroll Lock 7008 Backspace 7009 T ab 7010 Print Scr een 7011 Inser[…]

  • Страница 377

    Glossary AIM Automatic Identification Ma nufacturers, Inc. is the tra de association for manufacturers of automatic identification syst ems. Alphanumeric A character set that contains letters, n umbers and other charact ers such as special symbols. Aperture The opening in an optical system defi ned by a lens or baffle that establishes the field of […]

  • Страница 378

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide GL- 2 Bar Code Density Th e number of characters represent ed per unit o f measureme nt (e.g., characters per inch) . Bar Code Reader A device used to read o r decode a bar code symbol. Bar Code Symb ol The combinatio n of symbol char acters and features req uired by a par ticular symbology , including quiet zo nes, […]

  • Страница 379

    GL-3 CDRH Class 2 No additional software mechanisms a re needed to con form to this limit. Laser operation in this class poses no dange r for unint entional di rect human exposure. Character A pattern of ba rs and spaces which eithe r directly repr esents data or indicat es a control function, such as a number , letter , punctuat ion mark, or commu[…]

  • Страница 380

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide GL- 4 Data Matrix This erro r correcting, 2-dime nsional matr ix symbology was origina lly developed in 1989, and a finalized de sign was completed in 1995 by International Data Matrix. It’s capable of encodin g vari ous character sets includin g strictly numeric data, alpha numeric data and all ISO 646 (ASCII) […]

  • Страница 381

    GL-5 EAN/U.P .C. A fixed-length, numeric 1 3-digit bar code symbo l consisting of 30 d ark elements and 29 in tervening light elemen ts. Each character is represen ted by 2 bars and 2 spaces o ver 7 modules. A bar may be comprised of 1, 2, 3 or 4 modules. Each EAN/U.P .C. symbol consists of a leading quiet zone, a start pattern, 7 left-h and data c[…]

  • Страница 382

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide GL- 6 LASER — Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation The laser is an intense light source. Light from a laser is all the same frequency , unlike the output of an incandescent bulb. Laser ligh t is typically coherent and has a high energy densit y . Laser Diode A gallium-ar senide semiconduct or type […]

  • Страница 383

    GL-7 Orientation The alignmen t of the symbol ‘s scan path . T wo pos sible orient ations are horizontal wi th vertical bars and spa c es (picket fence) and vertical with horizontal bars and space s (ladder). Overhead The fixed number of characters requ ired for star t, stop and checki ng in a given symbol. For example, a symbol requiring a st[…]

  • Страница 384

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide GL- 8 Scanning Sequence A method of progra mming or configuring paramet ers for a bar code reading system by scanning bar code menus. Self-Checking Code A symbology th at uses a ch ecking algorit hm to detect en coding err ors within the charac ters of a b ar code sy mbol. Skew Rotation of a bar code symbol o n an ax[…]

  • Страница 385

    GL-9 V ertical Bar Code A bar code pattern presented in such orientation th at the symbol from start to stop is per pendicular t o the hori zon. The individual bars are in an array appearing as ru ngs of a ladder . Visible Laser Diode (VLD) A solid sta te device whi ch produces visible laser light. Wand Sc anner A handheld scanning device used as a[…]

  • Страница 386

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide GL-10[…]

  • Страница 387

    Numerics 123Scan parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 2D bar codes code 128 emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-56 Data Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-57 Maxicode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-57 MicroPDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . […]

  • Страница 388

    DS 6608 Product Re ference Guide IN-2 code types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-11 criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3, 15-11 default rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-7 numeric keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-24, 15-25 pad spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . […]

  • Страница 389

    Index IN-3 code 39 full ASCII conver sion . . . . . . . . 11-9 convert bar code s to code 39 . . . . . . . . 11-8 convert newer code types . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7 default table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4 host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5 ignore unkn own characte rs . . . . . . . . 11-10 leading[…]

  • Страница 390

    DS 6608 Product Re ference Guide IN-4 code identi fiers AIM code IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4 modifier characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-5 Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3 code types ADF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-11 compos[…]

  • Страница 391

    Index IN-5 power connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Q QR code bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-58 quiet zone (l eading ma rgin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 R RS-232 connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 default parameters . . . . . . . . . . […]

  • Страница 392

    DS 6608 Product Re ference Guide IN-6[…]

  • Страница 393

    Thank you for your input—We value your comments. Tell Us What You Think… We ’d like to know what you think about this Manual. Please take a moment to fill out th is questionnai re and fax this form to: (631) 738-3318, or mail to: Symbol T echnologies, Inc. One Symbol Plaza M/S B-4 Holtsville, NY 11742-1300 Attention: T echnical Publications M[…]

  • Страница 394

    […]

  • Страница 395

    […]

  • Страница 396

    72-67563-02 Revision A — June 2004[…]

  • Page 1: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide[…]

  • Page 2: Symbol DS 6608

    […]

  • Page 3: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide 72-67563-02 Revision A June 2004[…]

  • Page 4: Symbol DS 6608

    © 2004 by Symbol T echnologies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or used in any form , or by any electrical or mechanical means, without permission in writing from Symbol. This includes electronic or mechanical means, such as phot ocopying, recording, or information storage and retrieval sys tems. The materia[…]

  • Page 5: Symbol DS 6608

    Contents About This Guide Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv Chapter Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[…]

  • Page 6: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide iv LED Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5 Scanning in Hand-Held Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . […]

  • Page 7: Symbol DS 6608

    Contents v Keyboard Wedge Host Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Keyboard Wedge Host Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Keyboard Wedge Country Types (Countr[…]

  • Page 8: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide vi USB Ignore Unknown Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9 Emulate Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9 USB Keyboa[…]

  • Page 9: Symbol DS 6608

    Contents vii Communication with 123Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 123Scan Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 Chapter 13. Symbol[…]

  • Page 10: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide viii Transmit Code 11 Check Digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-34 Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-34 E[…]

  • Page 11: Symbol DS 6608

    Contents ix QR Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-58 Redundancy Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-59 Security Le[…]

  • Page 12: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide x Pad Data with Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-37 Pad Data with Zeros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-41 Beeps . .[…]

  • Page 13: Symbol DS 6608

    About This Guide Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv Chapter Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . […]

  • Page 14: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide xiv[…]

  • Page 15: Symbol DS 6608

    xv Introduction The DS 6608 Produc t Reference Guide provides general instru ctions for setting up, operating, maintaining, and troubleshooting the DS 6608 Standard Range and DS 66 08 High Density digital scann ers. Chapter Descriptions • Chapter 1, Getting Started pr ovides a product ov erview , unpac king ins tructions, an d cable connection in[…]

  • Page 16: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide xvi • Throughout the programming bar code men us, asterisks (*) are used to d enote default parameter settings. Related Publications The DS 6608 Quick Start Guide , p/n 72-67311-xx, provid es general information for getting started with the digital scanner , and includes basic set up and opera tion instructions. […]

  • Page 17: Symbol DS 6608

    xvii Australia Symbol T echn ologies Pty . Ltd. 432 St. Kilda Road Melbourne, Victoria 3004 1-800-672-9 06 (Inside Australia) +61-3-9866 -6044 (Outside A ustralia) Austria/Österreich Symbol T echnologies Au stria GmbH Prinz-Eugen Strasse 70 / 2.Haus 1040 Vienn a, Austria 01-5055794 -0 (Inside Austria) +43-1-5055 794-0 (Outside Aust ria) Denmark/Da[…]

  • Page 18: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide xviii If you purchased your Symbol product from a Symbol Busines s Partner , contact that Business Partner for service. South Africa Symbol T echnologies Africa Inc. Block B2 Rutherford Estate 1 Scott Street Waverly 2 090 Johannesburg Republic of South Africa 11-809 5311 (Inside South Africa) +27-11-809 531 1 (Outs[…]

  • Page 19: Symbol DS 6608

    Getting Started Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[…]

  • Page 20: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Produc t Reference Guide 1-2[…]

  • Page 21: Symbol DS 6608

    Getting Started 1-3 Introduction The DS 6608 combin es superior 1D and 2D omn idirectional bar code sca nning and advanced e rgonomics to provide the best value in a digital scanner . Whether in hand-held mode or hands -free mode in a stand, the digital scanner ensures comfort an d ease of use for extended periods of time. Figure 1-1. DS 6608 Digit[…]

  • Page 22: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Produc t Reference Guide 1-4 Setting Up the Digital Scanner Installing the Interface Cable 1. Plug the interface cable modular co nnector into the cable interfa ce port on the bottom of the scanne r handle. (See Figure 1- 2 .) 2. Gently tug the cable to ensure the c onnector is properly secured. 3. Connect the other end of the interface cab[…]

  • Page 23: Symbol DS 6608

    Getting Started 1-5 Connecting a Synaps e Cable Interface Refer to the Synapse Interfac e Guide provided with the Synapse cable for detailed setu p instructions. Symbol’ s Synap se Smart Cables e nable interfacing to a variety of hosts. The Synapse cable has bu ilt-in intelligence to detect t hat host. Figure 1-4. Synapse Cable Connection 1. Plug[…]

  • Page 24: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Produc t Reference Guide 1-6 Mounting the Digital Scanner Desk Mount Use the optional desk mount for convenient and protective place ment of the digital scanner on a flat surfa ce. Simply place the mount on the surface. The rubber feet hold the mount securely in place when inserting and removing the digital scanner . Figure 1-5. Inserting t[…]

  • Page 25: Symbol DS 6608

    Getting Started 1-7 For convenience, print this pa ge and use the template below for mounting hole lo cations. Figure 1-7. Wall Mounting T emplate 2.98” Insert mounting screw Insert moun ting screw[…]

  • Page 26: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Produc t Reference Guide 1-8[…]

  • Page 27: Symbol DS 6608

    Scanning Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Beeper Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 LED D[…]

  • Page 28: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 2-2[…]

  • Page 29: Symbol DS 6608

    Scanning 2-3 Introduction This chapter provides beeper and LED definitions, techniques in volved in scanning ba r codes, general instructions and tip s abou t scanning, and decode zone diagrams. Figure 2-1. Parts Scan Window Tr i g g e r LED Beeper[…]

  • Page 30: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 2-4 Beeper Definitions The digital scanner issues different beep sequ ences and patterns to indicate status. T able 2-1 defines beep se quences that o ccur during both normal scanning and while programming the digital scanner . T able 2-1. Beeper Definitions Beeper Sequence Indication Standard Use Low/medium/high b[…]

  • Page 31: Symbol DS 6608

    Scanning 2-5 LED Definitions In addition to beep sequences, the digital scan ner uses a two-colo r LED to indicate status. T able 2-2 defin es LED colors th at display during scanning. Low beep Delete last saved rule. The cu rrent rule is left intact. Lo/Hi/Hi beeps All rules are deleted. ADF Programming: Error Indications. Dura tion of tones are v[…]

  • Page 32: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 2-6 Scanning in Hand-Held Mode Install and program th e digital scanner (see Se tting Up the Digital Scann er on page 1-4 ). For assistance, contact the loca l supplier or the local Symbol Support Center . Scanning with the Digital Scanner 1. Ensure all connections are sec ure (see the appropriate host cha pter .) […]

  • Page 33: Symbol DS 6608

    Scanning 2-7 6. Hold the trigger until the digital scanner beeps, in dicating the bar code is successfully decoded. Fo r more information on beeper and LED d efinitions, see T able 2-1 and T able 2-2 . This process usually occurs instantaneous ly . Steps 2 — 4 are rep eated on poor quality or diffic ult bar codes, un til the bar cod e is decoded, t[…]

  • Page 34: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 2-8 Scanning in Hands-Free Mode The optional Intellistand adds greater flexibility to scanning operation. When the digital sca nner is seated in the stand’ s “cu p,” the digital scanner’ s built-in sensor places the digital scann er in hands-free mode. When the digital scan ner is removed from the s tand it[…]

  • Page 35: Symbol DS 6608

    Scanning 2-9 Decode Zones DS 6608 Standard Range Digital Scanner Figure 2-7. DS 6608 Standard Range Di gital Scanner Decode Zone for 1D Bar Codes Figure 2-8. DS 6608 Standard Range Di gital Scanner Decode Zone for 2D Bar Codes In. cm 0 20 mil Code 39 P ostnet 12.5 0 In. cm W i d t h o f F i e l d Depth of Field 1.0 21.0 2.6 0 Note: T ypical perf or[…]

  • Page 36: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 2-10 DS 6608 High Density Digital Scanner Figure 2-9. DS 6608 High Density Di gital Scanner Decode Zone for 1D Bar Codes Figure 2-10. DS 6608 High Density Dig ital Scanner Decode Zone for 2D Bar Codes In. cm 0 P ostnet 7.4 0 In. cm W i d t h o f F i e l d Depth of Field 2.4 0 Note: T ypical perf ormance at 68˚F (2[…]

  • Page 37: Symbol DS 6608

    Maintenance and T echnical Specifications Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[…]

  • Page 38: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 3-2[…]

  • Page 39: Symbol DS 6608

    Maintenance an d Technical Specifications 3-3 Introduction This chapter provides suggeste d scanner maintenance, troublesho oting, technical specifications, and signa l descriptions (pinout s). Maintenance Cleaning the scan window is the only maintenan ce required. A dirty window can affect scanning accu racy . • Do not allow abrasive material to[…]

  • Page 40: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 3-4 If after performing these checks the digital scanne r still experiences problems, cont act the distributor or call the local Symbol Support Center . See page xv i for the telephone numbers. Digital s canner deco des bar code , but does n ot transmit the data to the host. Digital scanner is not programmed for th[…]

  • Page 41: Symbol DS 6608

    Maintenance an d Technical Specifications 3-5 T echnical Specifications T able 3-2. T echnical Specifications Item Description Power Requirements 5 VDC + / — 10% @ approximately 22 0 mA RMS (nominal), 500 mA (max) Power Source Depending o n host: • Host powered • Ext ernal power supply , 5.2 V nomi nal Decode Capability UPC/EAN, UPC/EAN wit h s[…]

  • Page 42: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 3-6 Digital Scanner Signal Descriptions Figure 3-1. Digita l Scanner Cable Pinouts The signal descriptions in T able 3-3 apply to the conn ector on the digital scanner an d are for reference only . T able 3-3. Digital Scanner Signal Pin-outs Pin IBM Synapse RS-232 Keyboard W edge Wand USB Scanner Emulation 1 Reserv[…]

  • Page 43: Symbol DS 6608

    User Preferences Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Scanning Sequence Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Errors […]

  • Page 44: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Re ference Guide 4-2[…]

  • Page 45: Symbol DS 6608

    User Preference s 4-3 Introduction If desired, program the digital sca nner to perform various functions, or activate di fferent feature s. This chapter describes ea ch user preference feature and provides the p rogramming bar cod es necessary fo r selecting these features. The digital scanner ships with the setting s shown in the T able 4-1 on pag[…]

  • Page 46: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Re ference Guide 4-4 User Preferences Parameter Defaults T able 4-1 lists defaults for user preferences parameters. T o change any option, scan the appropria te bar code(s) provided in th e User Preferences section beginning on page 4-5 . See Appendix A, Standard Defau lt Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, symbolog ies, and[…]

  • Page 47: Symbol DS 6608

    User Preference s 4-5 User Preferences Set Default Parameter Scan this bar code to return all pa rameters to the default values listed in T able A-1 on page A-3 . Parameter Scanning Parameter # ECh T o disable decoding of parameter bar codes , scan the Disable Parameter Scanning bar code below . Note that the Set Defaults parameter bar code can sti[…]

  • Page 48: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Re ference Guide 4-6 Beeper T one Parameter # 91h T o select a decode beep frequency (tone), scan th e Low Frequency , Me dium Frequency , or High Frequency ba r code. Low Frequency (02h) * Medium Frequency (Optimum Setting) (01h) High Frequency (00h)[…]

  • Page 49: Symbol DS 6608

    User Preference s 4-7 Beeper V olume Parameter # 8Ch T o select a beeper volume, scan the Low Vo l um e , Medium Vo l u me , or High Vo l u m e ba r code. Power Mode Parameter # 80h This parameter determin es whether or not power remains on after a de code attempt. In reduce d power mode, the digital scanne r enters into a low power consumption mod[…]

  • Page 50: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Re ference Guide 4-8 T ime Delay to Low Power Mode Parameter # 92h This parameter only applie s when Power Mode is set to Re duced Power . This parameter sets the time the digital scanner remain s active after de coding. The digital s canner wakes upon trigger pull or when the host attempts to communicate with the digital scanner . […]

  • Page 51: Symbol DS 6608

    User Preference s 4-9 Tr i g g e r M o d e Parameter # 8Ah Select one of the following trigger mode s for the digital scanner: • Level — A trigger pull activates decode processing. Decode proc essing continues until the bar code is decoded, the trigger is released, or the Decode Se ssion T imeo ut is reached. • Blink — This trigger mode is used[…]

  • Page 52: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Re ference Guide 4-10 Decode Session T imeout Parameter # 88h This parameter sets the maximum time decode pro cessing continues during a scan attemp t. It is programmable in 0.1 second increments from 0.5 to 9.9 seconds. The de fault timeout is 9 . 9 seconds. T o set a Decode Session T imeout, scan the bar code below . Next, scan tw[…]

  • Page 53: Symbol DS 6608

    User Preference s 4-11 Beep After Good Decode Parameter # 38h Scan a bar code belo w to select whether or not the digital sca nner beeps after a good decode . If selecting Do Not Beep After Good Decode , the beeper still operates during parameter menu scanning and to in dicate error conditions. Scanstand Session T imeout Parameter # F0h, 90h T o se[…]

  • Page 54: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Re ference Guide 4-12[…]

  • Page 55: Symbol DS 6608

    Decoding Preferences Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Scanning Sequence Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Err[…]

  • Page 56: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide 5-2[…]

  • Page 57: Symbol DS 6608

    Decoding Prefer ences 5-3 Introduction If desired, program the digital sca nner to perform various functions, or activate di fferent feature s. This chapter describes di gital scanner preference features and prov ides the programming bar codes for selec ting these features. The digital scanner ships with the setting s shown in the Decoding Preferen[…]

  • Page 58: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide 5-4 Decoding Preferences Parameter Defaults T able 5-1 lists defaults for digital scanner preferences parameters. T o change any option, scan the appropria te bar code(s) provided in Decoding Preferenc es on page 5-5 . See Appendix A, Standard Defau lt Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, symbolog ies, and mis[…]

  • Page 59: Symbol DS 6608

    Decoding Prefer ences 5-5 Decoding Preferences The parameters in this chapter con trol bar code decoding characteristics. Decoding Illumination Parameter # F0h, 2Ah Selecting Enable Illumination causes the digital scanner to flash illumination to ai d decodi ng. Select Dis able Illumi nation to prevent the digital scanner from using decoding illumi[…]

  • Page 60: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide 5-6[…]

  • Page 61: Symbol DS 6608

    Keyboard W edge Interface Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Connecting a Keyboard Wedge Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Keybo[…]

  • Page 62: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-2[…]

  • Page 63: Symbol DS 6608

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-3 Introduction This chapter describ es how to set up a Keyboard Wedge interface with the digital scanner . With this inte rface, the digital scan ner is connected between the keyboa rd and host computer , and translates bar code data into key strokes. The host computer accepts the keystrokes as if they originated from th[…]

  • Page 64: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-4 3. Connect the round male DIN host connector of the Y -cable to the ke yboard port on the host device. 4. Connect the ro und female DIN keyboard connector o f the Y -cab le to the keybo ard connector . 5. If needed, attach the optional power supply to the connector in the middle of the Y -cable. 6. Ensure that […]

  • Page 65: Symbol DS 6608

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-5 Keyboard W edge Host Parameters Keyboard W edge Host T ypes Select the Keyboard Wedge host by scanning one of the bar codes belo w . IBM PC/A T & IBM PC Compatibles IBM PS/2 (Model 30) IBM A T Notebook IBM XT NCR 7052[…]

  • Page 66: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-6 Keyboard W edge Country T ypes (Country Codes) Scan the bar code corresponding to the keyb oard type. If the keyboard type is not listed, see Alternate Numeric Keypad Emu lation on page 6-9 . * North American German Windows French Windows French Canadian Windows 95/98 French Canadian Windows XP/2000 Spanish Win[…]

  • Page 67: Symbol DS 6608

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-7 Keyboard W edge Country T ypes (continued) Italian Windows Swedish Windows UK English Windows Japanese Windows Portuguese-Brazilian Windows[…]

  • Page 68: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-8 Ignore Unknown Characters Unknown characters are characters the hos t does not recognize. When Send Bar Codes With Unknown C haracters is selected, all bar code da ta is sent excep t for unknown characters, and no e rror beeps soun d on the digital scann er . When Do Not Send Bar Codes With Un known Characters […]

  • Page 69: Symbol DS 6608

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-9 Intra-Key stroke Delay When enabled, an additional dela y is inserted between each emulate d key depression and release. This sets the Keystrok e Delay parameter to a minimum of 5 msec as well. Alternate Numeric Keypad Emulation This allows emulatio n of most other coun try keyboard type s not listed in Keyboard Wedge […]

  • Page 70: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-10 Caps Lock On When enabled, the digital scanner emulates keystroke s as if the Caps Lock key is always pressed. Caps Lock Override When enabled, on A T or A T Notebook hosts, the key board ignores the state of the Caps Lock key . Therefore, an ‘A ’ in the bar cod e is sent as an ‘A ’ no ma tter what the[…]

  • Page 71: Symbol DS 6608

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-11 Convert W edge Data When enabled, the digital scanner converts all bar cod e data to the selected case. Function Key Mapping ASCII values under 32 are normally sent as con trol key sequenc es (see T able 6-2 on page 6-15 ). When th is parameter is en abled, the keys in bold are sent in place of the standard ke y mappi[…]

  • Page 72: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-12 FN1 Substitution When this is enabled, the digital scanner replaces FN1 chara cters in an EAN128 bar code with a keystroke chosen by the user (se e FN1 Substitution V alues on page 14-8 ). Send Make and Break When enabled, the scan codes fo r releasing a key are not sent. Enable * Disable *Send Make and Break […]

  • Page 73: Symbol DS 6608

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-13 Keyboard Maps The following keybo ard maps are provide d for prefix/suffix keystroke parameters. T o program the prefix /suffix values, see the b ar codes on page 14-6 . Figure 6-2. IBM PS2 T ype Keyboard Figure 6-3. IBM PC/XT Figure 6-4. IBM PC/A T 7013 7014 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 7013 5011[…]

  • Page 74: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-14 Figure 6-5. NCR 7052 32-KEY Figure 6-6. NCR 7052 58-KEY 5007 5008 5010 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 1046 1045 5014 1043 5013 5015 5016 5018 5019 5001 5017 7013 5011 (7013 if double k ey) (1048 if double k ey) 1048 5012 5009 5007 5008 5010 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 1046 1045 5014 1043 5013 5015 5016 5018 5019 1086 1[…]

  • Page 75: Symbol DS 6608

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-15 ASCII Character Set for Keyboard W edge Code 39 Full ASCII interprets the ba r code special character ($ + % /) preceding a Code 39 cha racter and assigns an ASCII character value to the pair . For example, when Code 39 Full ASCII is enabled and +B is scanned, it is interpreted a s b , %J as ? , and %V as @ . Scanning[…]

  • Page 76: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-16 1028 %B CTRL 1029 %C CTRL ] 1030 %D CTRL 6 1031 %E CTRL — 1032 Space Space 1033 /A ! 1034 /B “ 1035 /C # 1036 /D $ 1037 /E % 1038 /F & 1039 /G ‘ 1040 /H ( 1041 /I ) 1042 /J * 1043 /K + 1044 /L , 1045 — — 1046 . . 1047 /O / 1048 0 0 1049 1 1 1050 2 2 1051 3 3 1052 4 4 1053 5 5 1054 6 6 1055 7 7 1056 8[…]

  • Page 77: Symbol DS 6608

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-17 1061 %H = 1062 %I > 1063 %J ? 1064 %V @ 1065 A A 1066 B B 1067 C C 1068 D D 1069 E E 1070 F F 1071 G G 1072 H H 1073 I I 1074 J J 1075 K K 1076 L L 1077 M M 1078 N N 1079 O O 1080 P P 1081 Q Q 1082 R R 1083 S S 1084 T T 1085 U U 1086 V V 1087 W W 1088 X X 1089 Y Y 1090 Z Z 1091 %K [ 1092 %L 1093 %M ] T able 6-2. […]

  • Page 78: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-18 1094 %N ^ 1095 %O _ 1096 %W ‘ 1097 +A a 1098 +B b 1099 +C c 1100 +D d 1101 +E e 1102 +F f 1103 +G g 1104 +H h 1105 +I i 1106 +J j 1107 +K k 1108 +L l 1109 +M m 1110 +N n 1111 +O o 1112 +P p 1113 +Q q 1114 +R r 1115 +S s 1116 +T t 1117 +U u 1118 +V v 1119 +W w 1120 +X x 1121 +Y y 1122 +Z z 1123 %P { 1124 %Q |[…]

  • Page 79: Symbol DS 6608

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-19 T able 6-3. Keyboard Wedge AL T Key Character Set AL T Key s Key stroke 2065 AL T A 2066 AL T B 2067 AL T C 2068 AL T D 2069 AL T E 2070 AL T F 2071 AL T G 2072 AL T H 2073 AL T I 2074 AL T J 2075 AL T K 2076 AL T L 2077 AL T M 2078 AL T N 2079 AL T O 2080 AL T P 2081 AL T Q 2082 AL T R 2083 AL T S 2084 AL T T 2085 AL[…]

  • Page 80: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-20 3053 GUI 5 3054 GUI 6 3055 GUI 7 3056 GUI 8 3057 GUI 9 3065 GUI A 3066 GUI B 3067 GUI C 3068 GUI D 3069 GUI E 3070 GUI F 3071 GUI G 3072 GUI H 3073 GUI I 3074 GUI J 3075 GUI K 3076 GUI L 3077 GUI M 3078 GUI N 3079 GUI O 3080 GUI P 3081 GUI Q 3082 GUI R 3083 GUI S 3084 GUI T 3085 GUI U 3086 GUI V 3087 GUI W 308[…]

  • Page 81: Symbol DS 6608

    Keyboard Wed ge Interface 6-21 T able 6-5. Keyboard W edge F Key Character Set F Key s Key stroke 5001 F1 5002 F2 5003 F3 5004 F4 5005 F5 5006 F6 5007 F7 5008 F8 5009 F9 5010 F10 5011 F11 5012 F12 5013 F13 5014 F14 5015 F15 5016 F16 5017 F17 5018 F18 5019 F19 5020 F20 5021 F21 5022 F22 5023 F23 5024 F24 T able 6-6. Keyboard Wedge Numeric Keypad Cha[…]

  • Page 82: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 6-22 6050 2 6051 3 6052 4 6053 5 6054 6 6055 7 6056 8 6057 9 6058 Enter 6059 Num Lock T able 6-7. Keyboard Wedge Extended Keypad Character Set Extended Keypad Key stroke 7001 Break 7002 Delete 7003 Pg Up 7004 End 7005 Pg Dn 7006 Pause 7007 Scroll Lock 7008 Backspace 7009 T ab 7010 Print Screen 7011 Insert 7012 Home[…]

  • Page 83: Symbol DS 6608

    RS-232 Interface Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Connecting an RS-232 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 RS-232 […]

  • Page 84: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-2[…]

  • Page 85: Symbol DS 6608

    RS-232 Interface 7-3 Introduction This chapter describes how to set up the digital sc anner with an RS-232 host. The RS-232 interface is used to connect the digit al scanner to point-of-s ale devices, host c omputers, or othe r devices with an available RS-232 port (e.g., com port). If the host is not listed in T able 7 -2 , refer to the documentat[…]

  • Page 86: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-4 Connecting an RS-232 Interface This connection is made directly from the digita l scanner to the host computer . Figure 7-1. RS-232 Direct Connection Interface cables vary depending on configuration. The connectors illustrated in Figure 7-1 are examples only . The connectors may be different than those illustra[…]

  • Page 87: Symbol DS 6608

    RS-232 Interface 7-5 RS-232 Parameter Defaults T able 7-1 lists the defaults for RS-232 host parameters. T o change any option, sc an the appropriate b ar code(s) provided in the RS- 232 Host Parameters s ection beginning on p age 7-6 . See Appendix A, Standard Defau lt Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, symbolog ies, and miscellaneous def[…]

  • Page 88: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-6 RS-232 Host Parameters V ariou s RS-232 hosts are s et up with their own parameter default settings ( T able 7-2 ). Selecting standard, ICL, Fujitsu, Wincor — Nixdorf Mode A, Wincor -Nixdorf Mode B, OPOS/JPOS, Olivetti, or Omron sets the defaults listed below . T able 7-2. T erm inal Specific RS-232 Parameter S[…]

  • Page 89: Symbol DS 6608

    RS-232 Interface 7-7 RS-232 Host Parameters (continued) Selecting ICL, Fujitsu, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode A, Wincor -Nixdorf Mode B, OPOS/JPOS, Ol ivetti, or Omron enables the transmission of code ID ch aracters li sted in T able 7-3 . These code ID characters are not programmable and are separate from the T ransmit Co de ID feature. Do not enable the T […]

  • Page 90: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-8 RS-232 Host T ypes T o select an RS-232 host interface, scan one of the following bar codes. Standard RS-232 ICL RS-232 Wincor -Nixdorf RS-232 Mode A Wincor -Nixdorf RS-232 Mode B Olivetti ORS4500 Omron[…]

  • Page 91: Symbol DS 6608

    RS-232 Interface 7-9 RS-232 Host T ypes (continued) Baud Rate Baud rate is the number of bits of data transmitted per secon d. Set the digital scanner’s baud rate to match the baud rate sett ing of the host device. Otherwise, data may not reach the host device or may reach it in distorted form. OPOS/JPOS Fujitsu RS-232 Baud Rate 600 Baud Rate […]

  • Page 92: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-10 Baud Rate (continued) *Baud Rate 9600 Baud Rate 19,200 Baud Rate 38,400 Baud Rate 57,600[…]

  • Page 93: Symbol DS 6608

    RS-232 Interface 7-11 Parity A parity check bit is the most significant bit of each ASCII co ded character . Se lect the parity type according to host device requirements. • Select Odd parity and the parity bit va lue is set to 0 or 1, based on data, to ensure that an odd number of 1 bits are contained in the coded character . • Select Even par[…]

  • Page 94: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-12 Stop Bit Select The stop bit(s) at the end of each transmitted character marks the en d of transmission of one character and prepares the receiv ing device for the next character in the serial data stream . The number of stop bits selected (one or two) depends on the number th e receiving terminal is progra mm[…]

  • Page 95: Symbol DS 6608

    RS-232 Interface 7-13 Check Receive Errors Select whether or not the parity , framing, and overrun of received characters are che cked. The parity va lue of receiv ed charact ers is verified against the parity parameter selected above. * Check For Received Errors Do Not Check For Received Errors[…]

  • Page 96: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-14 Hardware Handshaking The data interface consists of an RS-232 port designed to opera te either with or without the hardware handshaking lin es, Request to Send (RTS), and Clear to Send (CTS). If Standard RTS/CTS hands haking is not selected, scan data is transmitted as it becomes av ailable. If Standard RTS/CT[…]

  • Page 97: Symbol DS 6608

    RS-232 Interface 7-15 Hardware Handsha king (continued) * None Standard RTS/CTS RTS/CTS Option 1 RTS/CTS Option 2 RTS/CTS Option 3[…]

  • Page 98: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-16 Software Handshaking This parameter offers control of the data transmis sion process in addition to, or instead of, that offered by ha rdware handshak ing. There are five options. If Software Handshaking and Hardware Hand shaking are both enabled, Hardwa re Handshaking takes preceden ce. • None : When this o[…]

  • Page 99: Symbol DS 6608

    RS-232 Interface 7-17 Software Handsh aking (continued) Host Serial Response T ime-out This parameter specifies how long the digital scanner waits for an ACK, NAK, or CTS before determining that a transmission erro r has occurred. This only applies when in one of the ACK/NAK Software Handshaking modes, or RTS/CTS Hardware Handshaking option. ACK/NA[…]

  • Page 100: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-18 Host Serial Response T ime-out (continued) RTS Line State This parameter sets the idle state of the Serial Hos t RTS line. Scan a bar code below to select Low RTS or High R TS line state. Beep on <BEL> When this parameter is enabled, the digital scan ner issues a b eep when a <BEL> ch aracter is de[…]

  • Page 101: Symbol DS 6608

    RS-232 Interface 7-19 Intercharacter Delay This parameter specifies the in tercharacter delay inserted betwe en character transmissions. * Minimum: 0 msec Low: 25 msec Medium: 50 msec High: 75 msec Maximum: 99 msec[…]

  • Page 102: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-20 Nixdorf Beep/LED Options When Nixdorf Mode B is selected, this indicates when the digital scanner should beep and turn on its LED after a decode. Ignore Unknown Characters Unknown characters are characters the host does not recognize. When Se nd Bar Codes with Unknown Ch aracters is selected , all bar code dat[…]

  • Page 103: Symbol DS 6608

    RS-232 Interface 7-21 ASCII Character Set for RS-232 The values in T able 7-4 can be assigned as prefixe s or suffixes for ASCII c haracter data transmissio n. T able 7-4. Prefix/Suffix Values Prefix/Suffix V alue Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Charact er ASCII Character 1000 %U NUL 1001 $A SOH 1002 $B STX 1003 $C ETX 1004 $D EOT 1005 $E ENQ 1006 $F ACK[…]

  • Page 104: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-22 1033 /A ! 1034 /B » 1035 /C # 1036 /D $ 1037 /E % 1038 /F & 1039 /G ‘ 1040 /H ( 1041 /I ) 1042 /J * 1043 /K + 1044 /L , 1045 — 1046 .. 1047 /O / 1048 00 1049 11 1050 22 1051 33 1052 44 1053 55 1054 66 1055 77 1056 88 1057 99 1058 /Z : 1059 %F ; 1060 %G < 1061 %H = 1062 %I > 1063 %J ? 1064 %V […]

  • Page 105: Symbol DS 6608

    RS-232 Interface 7-23 1068 DD 1069 EE 1070 FF 1071 GG 1072 HH 1073 II 1074 JJ 1075 KK 1076 LL 1077 MM 1078 NN 1079 OO 1080 PP 1081 QQ 1082 RR 1083 SS 1084 TT 1085 UU 1086 VV 1087 WW 1088 XX 1089 YY 1090 ZZ 1091 %K [ 1092 %L 1093 %M ] 1094 %N ^ 1095 %O _ 1096 %W ` 1097 +A a 1098 +B b 1099 +C c 1100 +D d 1101 +E e 1102 +F f T able 7-4. Prefix/Suffi[…]

  • Page 106: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 7-24 1103 +G g 1104 +H h 1105 +I i 1106 +J j 1107 +K k 1108 +L l 1109 +M m 1110 +N n 1111 +O o 1112 +P p 1113 +Q q 1114 +R r 1115 +S s 1116 +T t 1117 +U u 1118 +V v 1119 +W w 1120 +X x 1121 +Y y 1122 +Z z 1123 %P { 1124 %Q | 1125 %R } 1126 %S ~ 1127 Undefi ned 7013 ENTER T able 7-4. Prefix/Suffix Values (Continued)[…]

  • Page 107: Symbol DS 6608

    USB Interface Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Connecting a USB Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 USB Pa[…]

  • Page 108: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-2[…]

  • Page 109: Symbol DS 6608

    USB Interface 8-3 Introduction This chapter describes how to set up the digital sc anner with a USB host. The digital scanner connects directly to a USB host, or a powered USB hub, and is powered by it. No additional power sup ply is required. Throughout the programming bar code men us, default values are indicated with asterisks ( * ). Most comput[…]

  • Page 110: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-4 T o set up the digital scanner: Interface cables vary depending on configuration. The connectors illustrated in Figure 8-1 are examples only . The connectors may be different than those illustrated, but the steps to connect th e scanner remain the same. 1. Connect the modular co nnector of the USB interface cab[…]

  • Page 111: Symbol DS 6608

    USB Interface 8-5 USB Host Parameters USB Device T ype Select the desired USB device type. When changing USB Device T ypes, the digital scanner automatically resets. The digital scanner is sues the standard startup beep sequence s. *HID Keyboard Emulation IBM T able T op USB IBM Hand-Held USB USB OPOS Handheld Note[…]

  • Page 112: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-6 USB Country Keyboard T ypes (Country Codes) Scan the bar code correspon ding to the keyboard type. This setti ng applies only to the USB HID Keyb oard Emulatio n device. When changing USB country keyboard types the digital s canner automatically resets. The digital scanner issues the standard startup beep se qu[…]

  • Page 113: Symbol DS 6608

    USB Interface 8-7 USB Country Keyboard T ypes (continued) Spanish Windows Italian Windows Swedish Windows UK English Windows Japanese Windows (ASCII) Portuguese-Brazilian Windows[…]

  • Page 114: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-8 USB Key stroke Delay This parameter sets the delay , in milliseconds, between emulated key strokes. Scan a bar code below to increase the delay when hosts require a slower transmission of data. USB CAPS Lock Override This option applies only to the HID Keyboard Emulation device. Wh en enab led, the case of the […]

  • Page 115: Symbol DS 6608

    USB Interface 8-9 USB Ignore Unknown Characters This option applies only to the HID Keyboard Emulat ion device and IBM device. Unkno wn characters are characters the host do es n ot recognize. When Send Bar Codes With Unknown Characte rs is selected, all bar cod e data is sent except for unkn own characters, and no error beeps sound. When Do Not Se[…]

  • Page 116: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-10 USB Keyboard FN 1 Substitution This option applies only to the USB HID Keyb oard Emulation device. When enabled, this a llows replacement of any FN 1 chara cters in an EAN 128 bar co de with a Key Catego ry and value chosen b y the user (see FN1 Substitution Values on page 14-8 to set the Key Category and Key […]

  • Page 117: Symbol DS 6608

    USB Interface 8-11 Simulated Caps Lock When enabled, the digital scanner inverts upper and lower case char acters on the bar code as if the Caps Lock st ate is enabled on the keyboard. This inversion is done regardless of the current state of the keyboard’ s Caps Lock state. Convert Case When enabled, the digital scanner converts all bar cod e da[…]

  • Page 118: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-12 ASCII Character Set for USB T able 8-2. USB Prefix/Suffix Values Prefix/ Suffix V alue Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char .acter Key stroke 1000 %U CTRL 2 1001 $A CTRL A 1002 $B CTRL B 1003 $C CTRL C 1004 $D CTRL D 1005 $E CTRL E 1006 $F CTRL F 1007 $G CTRL G 1008 $H CTRL H/ BACK SP ACE 1 1009 $I CTRL I/ HORIZONT […]

  • Page 119: Symbol DS 6608

    USB Interface 8-13 1030 %D CTRL 6 1031 %E CTRL — 1032 Space Space 1033 /A ! 1034 /B “ 1035 /C # 1036 /D $ 1037 /E % 1038 /F & 1039 /G ‘ 1040 /H ( 1041 /I ) 1042 /J * 1043 /K + 1044 /L , 1045 — — 1046 . . 1047 /O / 1048 0 0 1049 1 1 1050 2 2 1051 3 3 1052 4 4 1053 5 5 1054 6 6 1055 7 7 1056 8 8 1057 9 9 1058 /Z : 1059 %F ; 1060 %G < 1061 […]

  • Page 120: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-14 1063 %J ? 1064 %V @ 1065 A A 1066 B B 1067 C C 1068 D D 1069 E E 1070 F F 1071 G G 1072 H H 1073 I I 1074 J J 1075 K K 1076 L L 1077 M M 1078 N N 1079 O O 1080 P P 1081 Q Q 1082 R R 1083 S S 1084 T T 1085 U U 1086 V V 1087 W W 1088 X X 1089 Y Y 1090 Z Z 1091 %K [ 1092 %L 1093 %M ] 1094 %N ^ 1095 %O _ T able […]

  • Page 121: Symbol DS 6608

    USB Interface 8-15 1096 %W ` 1097 +A a 1098 +B b 1099 +C c 1100 +D d 1101 +E e 1102 +F f 1103 +G g 1104 +H h 1105 +I i 1106 +J j 1107 +K k 1108 +L l 1109 +M m 1110 +N n 1111 +O o 1112 +P p 1113 +Q q 1114 +R r 1115 +S s 1116 +T t 1117 +U u 1118 +V v 1119 +W w 1120 +X x 1121 +Y y 1122 +Z z 1123 %P { 1124 %Q | 1125 %R } 1126 %S ~ T able 8-2. USB Prefi[…]

  • Page 122: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-16 T able 8-3. USB AL T Key Character Set AL T Key s Key stroke 2064 AL T 2 2065 AL T A 2066 AL T B 2067 AL T C 2068 AL T D 2069 AL T E 2070 AL T F 2071 AL T G 2072 AL T H 2073 AL T I 2074 AL T J 2075 AL T K 2076 AL T L 2077 AL T M 2078 AL T N 2079 AL T O 2080 AL T P 2081 AL T Q 2082 AL T R 2083 AL T S 2084 AL T […]

  • Page 123: Symbol DS 6608

    USB Interface 8-17 T able 8-4. USB GUI Key Character Set GUI Key Key stroke 3000 Right Control Key 3048 GUI 0 3049 GUI 1 3050 GUI 2 3051 GUI 3 3052 GUI 4 3053 GUI 5 3054 GUI 6 3055 GUI 7 3056 GUI 8 3057 GUI 9 3065 GUI A 3066 GUI B 3067 GUI C 3068 GUI D 3069 GUI E 3070 GUI F 3071 GUI G 3072 GUI H 3073 GUI I 3074 GUI J 3075 GUI K 3076 GUI L 3077 GUI […]

  • Page 124: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-18 3087 GUI W 3088 GUI X 3089 GUI Y 3090 GUI Z T able 8-5. USB F Key Character Set F Key s Key stroke 5001 F1 5002 F2 5003 F3 5004 F4 5005 F5 5006 F6 5007 F7 5008 F8 5009 F9 5010 F10 5011 F11 5012 F12 5013 F13 5014 F14 5015 F15 5016 F16 5017 F17 5018 F18 5019 F19 5020 F20 5021 F21 5022 F22 5023 F23 5024 F24 T abl[…]

  • Page 125: Symbol DS 6608

    USB Interface 8-19 T able 8-6. USB Numeric Keypad Character Set Numeric Keypad Key stroke 6042 * 6043 + 6044 undefi ned 6045 — 6046 . 6047 / 6048 0 6049 1 6050 2 6051 3 6052 4 6053 5 6054 6 6055 7 6056 8 6057 9 6058 Enter 6059 Num Lock[…]

  • Page 126: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 8-20 T able 8-7. USB Extended Keypad Character Set Extended Keypad Key stroke 7001 Break 7002 Delete 7003 PgUp 7004 End 7005 Pg Dn 7006 Pause 7007 Scroll Lock 7008 Backspace 7009 T ab 7010 Print Screen 7011 Insert 7012 Home 7013 Enter 7014 Escape 7015 Up Arrow 7016 Down Arrow 7017 Left Arrow 7018 Right Arro w[…]

  • Page 127: Symbol DS 6608

    IBM 468X/469X Interface Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Connecting to an IBM 468X/469X Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 IBM P[…]

  • Page 128: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 9-2[…]

  • Page 129: Symbol DS 6608

    IBM 468X/469X In terface 9-3 Introduction This chapter describes how to set up the digital sc anner with an IBM 468X/469X host. Throughout the programming bar code men us, default values are indicated with asterisks ( * ). Most computer monitors allow scan ning the bar co des directly on the screen . When scanning from the screen, be sure to set th[…]

  • Page 130: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 9-4 The only required configuratio n is the port address. Oth er digital scanner parameters are typically controlle d by the IBM system. IBM Parameter Defaults T able 9-1 lists the defaults for IBM host parameters. T o change any optio n, scan the appropriate bar co de(s) provided in the Parameter Descriptions sect[…]

  • Page 131: Symbol DS 6608

    IBM 468X/469X In terface 9-5 IBM 468X/469X Host Parameters Port Address This parameter sets the IBM 468X/469X p ort used. Scanning one of these bar cod es enables the RS-485 interface on the digital scanner . None Selected Hand-held Scanner Emulation (Port 9B) Non-IBM Scanner Emulation (Port 5B) T able-top Scanner Emulation (Port 17) Note[…]

  • Page 132: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 9-6 Convert Unknow n to Code 39 Scan a bar code below to enable or disable the conve rsion of unknown bar code type data to Cod e 39. Enable Convert Unknown to Code 39 * Disable Convert Unknown to Code 39[…]

  • Page 133: Symbol DS 6608

    W and Emulation Interface Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Connecting Using Wand Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Wan[…]

  • Page 134: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 10-2[…]

  • Page 135: Symbol DS 6608

    Wand Emulation Inter face 10-3 Introduction This chapter describes how to set up the digital sc anner with a wand emulation host when Wand Emulation communication is needed. The digital scanner connects to an exte rnal wand decoder or to a decoder integrated in a mobile computer or Point-of-Sa le (POS) terminal. In this mode the digital scanner emu[…]

  • Page 136: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 10-4 2. Connect the other end of the Wand Emulation interface cabl e to the wand port on the mobile computer or contro ller . 3. Select the Wand Emulation host typ e by scanning the appropriate b ar code from Wand Emulation Host T ypes on pag e 10-5 . 4. T o modify any other parameter options, scan the app ropriate[…]

  • Page 137: Symbol DS 6608

    Wand Emulation Inter face 10-5 W and Emulation Host Parameters Wand Emulation Host T ypes Select a Wand Emulation host by scanning one of the ba r codes below . Symbol OmniLink Interface Controller Symbol PDT T erminal (MSI) Symbol PTC T erminal (T elxon)[…]

  • Page 138: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 10-6 Leading Margin (Quiet Zone) Scan a bar code below to select a leading margin dura tion. A leadi ng marg in is the time that precedes the first bar of the scan , (in milliseconds). The minimum allowed value is 80 msec and th e maximum is 250 msec. This parameter accommodates older wa nd decoders whic h cannot h[…]

  • Page 139: Symbol DS 6608

    Wand Emulation Inter face 10-7 Scan the appropriate bar code to select the polarity required by the decoder . * Bar High/Margin Low Bar Low/Margin High[…]

  • Page 140: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 10-8 Ignore Unknown Characters Unknown characters are characters the hos t does not recognize. When Send Bar Codes With Unknown C haracters is selected, all bar code da ta is sent excep t for unknown characters, and no e rror beeps soun d on the digital scann er . When Do Not Send Bar Codes With Unknown Char acters[…]

  • Page 141: Symbol DS 6608

    Wand Emulation Inter face 10-9 Convert Code 39 to Full ASCII By default, any cha racters that do not h ave a corresponding ch aracter in the Code 39 symbolog y set are replaced by a space. If this parameter is enabled, the data sen t to the wand Interface is enc oded in Code 39 Full ASCII. This setting require s that the Host be able to interpret C[…]

  • Page 142: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 10-10[…]

  • Page 143: Symbol DS 6608

    Scanner Emulation Interface Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 Connecting Using Scanner Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 Sc[…]

  • Page 144: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 11-2[…]

  • Page 145: Symbol DS 6608

    Scanner Emul ation Interfac e 11-3 Introduction This chapter describes how to set up the digital sc anner with a Scanner Emulation host. Use this mode when Scanner Emulation communication is needed. In this mode, the digital scanner connects to an external decoder or to a decoder in tegrated in a mobi le computer or Point-of-Sale (POS) terminal. Th[…]

  • Page 146: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 11-4 3. Scan the Scanner Emulation Host ba r code from Scanner Emulation Host on pag e 11-5 to enable the Scanner Emu lation host interface. 4. T o modify any other parameter options, scan the app ropriate bar codes in this chapter . Connect the digital scanner to 5 volt de coders onl y . Connecting the digital sca[…]

  • Page 147: Symbol DS 6608

    Scanner Emul ation Interfac e 11-5 Scanner Emulation Host Scan the bar code below to enable the Scanner Emulation host. Scanner Emulation Host Parameters Beep Style The Scanner Emulation h ost supports three b eep styles. • Beep On Successful T ransmit : The digital scanner beeps when the attached decoder issues the dec ode signal to the digital […]

  • Page 148: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 11-6 Parameter Pass-Through The Scanner Emulation host can process parame ter bar code messages and send them to the attach ed decoder . In this way , customers using Symbol co mpliant decoders can control the be havior of the entire system by scannin g the necessary parameters on ly once. For example, to enable D […]

  • Page 149: Symbol DS 6608

    Scanner Emul ation Interfac e 11-7 Convert Newer Code T ypes The digital scanner supports a variety of code types that are not decodable by attach ed decoder systems. T o allow compatibility in these environments, the digital scanner converts these code type s to more commonly decodable symbologies, as per the followin g chart. Symbologies not list[…]

  • Page 150: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 11-8 Module Width The standard module width is 20 µs. For an extre mely slow decoder system, select 50 µs Module Width . Convert All Bar Codes to Code 39 Scan a bar code below to enable or disable the conve rsion of all bar code data to Code 39. *20 µs Module Width 50 µs Module Width *Do Not Convert Bar Codes T[…]

  • Page 151: Symbol DS 6608

    Scanner Emul ation Interfac e 11-9 Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion By default, any cha racters that do not h ave a corresponding ch aracter in the Code 39 symbolog y set are replaced by a space. If this parameter is enabled, the d ata sent to t he Scanne r Emulation host is encoded in Code 39 Full ASCII. The host must b e able to in terpret Code 39 F[…]

  • Page 152: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 11-10 Ignore Unknown Characters Unknown characters are characte rs the decoder does not recognize. When Ignore Unknown Characters is selected, all bar code data is sent except for unknown characters, and no error bee ps sound. When Convert Error on Unknown Cha racters is select ed, bar codes containing at least one[…]

  • Page 153: Symbol DS 6608

    Scanner Emul ation Interfac e 11-11 Leading Margin Scan a bar code below to select a leading margin dura tion. 1 ms Leading Margin *2 ms Leading Margin 3 ms Leading Margin 5 ms Leading Margin 10 ms Leading Margin[…]

  • Page 154: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 11-12 Check For Decode LED The attached decoder norma lly asserts the Decode line to signal to the Scanner Emula tion host that it successfully decoded the transmitted bar code. Some decoders, however , do not assert the De code signal. In this case, the digital scanner emits transmit error beeps to indicate th at […]

  • Page 155: Symbol DS 6608

    123 Scan Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 Communication with 123Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 123Scan Parameter[…]

  • Page 156: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guid 12-2[…]

  • Page 157: Symbol DS 6608

    123 Scan 12-3 Introduction 123Scan is a Windows ® -based utility that pr ograms the digital scanner with all parameters including Advanced Data Formattin g (ADF) Rules. An ADF rule modifies bar code data before it is sent to the host to ensure compatibility between bar coded data an d the host application. Digital scanners can be programmed via P […]

  • Page 158: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guid 12-4[…]

  • Page 159: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Scanning Sequence Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Errors While S[…]

  • Page 160: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-2 Enable/Disable UCC/EAN-128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21 Enable/Disable ISBT 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-21 Code 39 . . .[…]

  • Page 161: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-3 RSS (Reduced Space Symbology). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-49 RSS-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-49 RSS Limited . . .[…]

  • Page 162: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-4[…]

  • Page 163: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-5 Introduction This chapter describes symbology features and provides the programming bar co des for selecting these features. Before programming, follow the ins tructions in Chapter 1, Getting Started . The digital scanner is shipp ed with the settings s hown in the Symbology Defau lt T able on page 13-6 (also see Append ix A, Stand[…]

  • Page 164: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-6 Symbology Parameter Defaults T able 13-1 lists the defaults for all symbologies parame ters. T o change any option, scan the ap propriate bar code(s) provided in the Symbologies Parame ters section beginning o n 13-10 . See Appendix A, Standard Defau lt Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, and miscellan[…]

  • Page 165: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-7 Code 39 Code 39 00h Enable 13-2 2 T rioptic Code 39 0Dh Disable 13-22 Convert Code 39 to Code 32 (Italian Pharmacy Code) 56 h Disable 13-23 Code 32 Prefix E7h Disable 13-23 Set Length(s) for Code 39 12h 13h 2 to 55 13-24 Code 39 Check Digit V erification 30h Disable 13-25 T ransmit Co de 39 Check Di git 2Bh Disable 13 -26 Code 39 F[…]

  • Page 166: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-8 Codabar (NW — 7) Codabar 07h Disable 13-39 Set Lengths fo r Codabar 18h 19h 5 to 55 13-40 CLSI Editing 36h Disabl e 13-4 1 NOTIS Editin g 37h Disabl e 13-41 MSI MSI 0Bh Disable 13-4 2 Set Length(s) for MSI 1Eh 1Fh 1 to 55 13-42 MSI Check Digits 32h One 13-43 T ransmit MSI Ch eck Digit 2Eh Disa ble 13 -44 MSI C[…]

  • Page 167: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-9 Composite T LC-39 F0h 73h Disable 13-52 UPC Composite Mod e F0h 58h Always Link ed 13-53 Composite Be ep Mode F0h 8E h Beep As Each Co de T ype is Decoded 13-54 UCC/EAN Code 128 Emu lation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Co des F0h ABh Disable 13-54 2D Symbologies PDF417 0Fh Enable 13-55 MicroPDF417 E3h Disable 13-55 Code 128 Emu lation[…]

  • Page 168: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-10 UPC/EAN Enable/Disable UPC-A Parameter # 01h T o enable or disa ble UPC-A, scan the appropriate bar code belo w . Enable/Disable UPC-E Parameter # 02h T o enable or disable UPC-E, scan the appropriate bar cod e below . * Enable UPC-A (01h) Disable UPC-A (00h) * Enable UPC-E (01h) Disable UPC-E (00h)[…]

  • Page 169: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-11 Enable/Disable UPC-E1 Parameter # 0Ch UPC-E1 is disabled by default. T o enable or disable UPC-E1, sca n the appropriate bar code below . UPC-E1 is not a UCC (Uni form C ode Council) appro ved symbology . Enable/Disable EAN-8/JAN-8 Parameter # 04h T o enable or disable EAN-8/JAN-8, sc an the appropriate bar code b elow . Enable UP[…]

  • Page 170: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-12 Enable/Disable EAN-13/JAN-13 Parameter # 03h T o enable or disable EAN-13/JAN-13, scan the app ropriate bar code below . Enable/Disable Bookland EAN Parameter # 53h T o enable or disable Bookland EAN, scan the appropriate b ar code below . * Enable EAN-13/JAN-13 (01h) Disable EAN-13/JAN-13 (00h) Enable Bookla[…]

  • Page 171: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-13 Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals Parameter # 10h Supplementals are bar co des appended acc ording to specific format conven tions (e.g., UPC A+2, UP C E+2, EAN 13+2). Six options a re availabl e. •I f Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Only With Supp lementals is selected, UPC/EAN/JAN symbols without sup plementals are not decoded. •I f Ignor[…]

  • Page 172: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-14 Decode UPC/EAN/JAN S upplementals (continued) UPC/EAN/JAN Supple mental Redundancy Parameter # 50h With Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN/JAN Supplem entals selected, this option adjusts the number of times a symbol without supplementals is deco ded before transmission . The range is from two to thirty times. Five or […]

  • Page 173: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-15 T ransmit UPC-A Check Digit Parameter # 28h The check digit is the last characte r of the symbol use d to verify the inte grity of the data. Scan the appropriate bar code bel ow to transmit the bar code data with or without the UPC-A check digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data. T ransmit UPC-E Check D[…]

  • Page 174: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-16 T ransmit UPC-E1 Check Digit Parameter # 2Ah The check digit is the last characte r of the symbol use d to verify the inte grity of the data. Scan the appropriate bar code bel ow to transmit the bar code data with or without the UPC-E1 check digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data […]

  • Page 175: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-17 UPC-E Preamble Parameter # 23h Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Cou ntry Code and System Character . There are th ree options for transmitting a UPC-E preamble to the host devic e: transmit System Character only , transmit System Char acter and Country Code (“ 0” for USA), and transmit no preamble. S[…]

  • Page 176: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-18 UPC-E1 Preamble Parameter # 24h Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Cou ntry Code and System Character . There are th ree options for transmitting a UPC-E1 preamble to th e host device: transmit System Character o nly , tra nsmit System Character and Country Code ( “0” for USA), an[…]

  • Page 177: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-19 Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A Parameter # 26h Enable this to convert UPC-E1 decoded data to UPC-A format be fore transmission. After conversion, the data follows UPC-A format and is affected by UPC-A programming selectio ns (e.g., Preamble, Check Digit). When disabled, UPC-E1 de coded data is transm itted as UPC-E1 data, w ithout conver[…]

  • Page 178: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-20 UCC Coupon Extended Code Parameter # 55h When enabled, this parameter decodes UPC-A bar codes sta rting wi th digit ‘5’, EAN-13 bar codes starting with digit ‘99’, and U P C- A/EAN-128 Coupon Codes. UPCA, EAN-13, and EAN-128 mu st be enabled to scan all types of Coupon Codes. Use the Decode UPC/EAN Su[…]

  • Page 179: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-21 Enable/Disable UCC/EAN-128 Parameter # 0Eh T o enable or disa ble UCC/EAN-128, scan the appropriate bar code below . Enable/Disable ISBT 128 Parameter # 54h ISBT 128 is a variant of Code 128 used in the blood bank industry . Scan a bar code below to enable or disable ISBT 128. If nece ssa ry , the host must perform concatenation o[…]

  • Page 180: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-22 Code 39 Enable/Disable Code 39 Parameter # 00h T o enable or disable Code 39, scan the appropriate bar cod e below . Enable/Disable T r ioptic Code 39 Parameter # 0Dh T rioptic Code 39 is a varia nt of Code 39 used in the marking of comput er tape cartridges. T rioptic Code 39 symbols a lways conta in six cha[…]

  • Page 181: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-23 Convert Code 39 to Code 32 Parameter # 56h Code 32 is a variant of Co de 39 used by the Italian pharmaceutical industry . Scan the appropriate bar cod e below to enable or d isabl e converting Code 39 to Code 32. Code 39 must be enabled for th is parameter to function. Code 32 Prefix Parameter # E7h Scan the appropriate bar code b[…]

  • Page 182: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-24 Set Lengths for Code 39 Parameter # L1 = 12h, L2 = 13h The length of a code re fers to the number of characters (i.e ., human readable characters), in cluding check digit(s) the code co ntains. Set lengths for Code 39 to any length, one o r two discrete lengths, or length s within a specific range. If Code 39[…]

  • Page 183: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-25 Set Lengths for Code 39 (continued) Code 39 Check Digit V erification Parameter # 30h When this feature is enabled, the digital scanne r checks the inte grity of all Code 39 symbols to verify that the data complies with specifie d check digi t algorithm. Onl y Code 39 symb ols which incl ude a modulo 43 check digit are decod ed. E[…]

  • Page 184: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-26 T ransmit Code 39 Check Digit Parameter # 2Bh Scan a bar code below to transmit Code 39 data with or without the check digit. Code 39 Check Digit Verification must be e nabled for this para meter to function. Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion Parameter # 11h Code 39 Full ASCII is a varian t of Code 39 which pairs[…]

  • Page 185: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-27 Code 39 Buffering (Scan & Store) Parameter # 71h This feature allows the digital scanne r to accumulate data from multiple Code 39 symb ols. Selecting the Scan and Store option (Buffer Code 39) temporar ily buffe rs all Code 39 symbols having a leading space as a first character for later transmission. The leading sp ace is no[…]

  • Page 186: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-28 Clear T ransmission Buffer T o clear the transmission b uffer , scan the Clear Buffer bar code below , which contains only a start character , a dash (minus), and a stop character . • The digital scanner issues a short hi/lo/hi beep . • The digital scanner erases the transmission buffer . • No transmiss[…]

  • Page 187: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-29 Overfilling T ransmission Buffer The Code 39 buffer holds 200 characters. If the symbol just read results in an overflo w of the transmission buffer: • The digital scanner indicates that the symbol was re jected by issuing three long, high be eps. • No transmission occurs . The data in the buffer is not affected. Attempt to T […]

  • Page 188: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-30 Set Lengths for Code 93 Parameter # L1 = 1Ah, L2 = 1Bh The length of a code re fers to the number of characters (i.e ., human readable characters), in cluding check digit(s) the code co ntains. Set lengths for Code 93 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. • One Disc[…]

  • Page 189: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-31 Set Lengths for Code 93 (continued) Code 11 Code 11 Parameter # 0Ah T o enable or disable Code 11, scan the appropriate bar cod e below . Code 93 — One Discrete Length Code 93 — T wo Discrete Lengths Code 93 — Length Within Range Code 93 — Any Length Enable Code 11 (01h) * Disable Code 11 (00h)[…]

  • Page 190: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-32 Set Lengths for Code 11 Parameter # L1 = 1Ch, L2 = 1Dh The length of a code re fers to the number of characters (i.e ., human readable characters), in cluding check digit(s) the code co ntains. Set lengths for Code 11 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. • One Disc[…]

  • Page 191: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-33 Code 11 Check Digit V erification Parameter # 34h This feature allows the digital scann er to check the integrity of all Code 11 symbols to verify that the data complies with the specified check digit algorithm. This sele cts the check digit mechanism fo r the decod ed Code 11 bar code. The options are to check for on e check digi[…]

  • Page 192: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-34 T ransmit Code 11 Check Digits Parameter # 2Fh This feature selects whether or not to transmit the Code 11 check digit(s). Code 11 Check Digit Verification must be e nabled for this para meter to function. Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) Enable/Disable Interleaved 2 of 5 Parameter # 06h T o enable or disable Interle[…]

  • Page 193: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-35 Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 Parameter # L1 = 16h, L2 = 17h The length of a code re fers to the number of characters (i.e ., human readable characters), in cluding check digit(s) the code co ntains. Set lengths for I 2 of 5 to any length, one or tw o di screte lengths, o r lengths within a specific range. • One Discrete Le[…]

  • Page 194: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-36 Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 (continued) I 2 of 5 Check Digit V erification Parameter # 31h When this feature is enabled, the digital scanne r checks the integr ity of all I 2 of 5 symbols to verify the data complies with either the specified Uniform Symbology Specific ation (USS), or th e Optical Produ[…]

  • Page 195: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-37 T ransmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit Parameter # 2Ch Scan the appropriate bar code belo w to transmit I 2 of 5 data with or witho ut the check digit. Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 Parameter # 52h Enable this parameter to convert 14-charac ter I 2 of 5 codes to EA N-13, and transmit to the hos t as EAN-13. T o accomplish this , the I 2 of 5[…]

  • Page 196: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-38 Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF) Enable/Disable Discrete 2 of 5 Parameter # 05h T o enable or disable Discrete 2 of 5, scan the appropriate ba r code below . Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5 Parameter # L1 = 14h, L2 = 15h The length of a code re fers to the number of characters (i.e ., human readable characters), in clud[…]

  • Page 197: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-39 Set Lengths for Discre te 2 of 5 (continued) Codabar (NW — 7) Enable/Disable Codabar Parameter # 07h T o enable or disable Codabar , scan the appropriate ba r code below . D 2 of 5 — One Discrete Length D 2 of 5 — T wo Discrete Lengths D 2 of 5 — Length Within Range D 2 of 5 — Any Length Enable Codabar (01h) * Disable Codabar (00h[…]

  • Page 198: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-40 Set Lengths for Codabar Parameter # L1 = 18h, L2 = 19h The length of a code re fers to the number of characters (i.e ., human readable characters), in cluding check digit(s) the code co ntains. Set lengths for Codabar to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. • One Disc[…]

  • Page 199: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-41 CLSI Editing Parameter # 36h When enabled, this pa rameter strips the start an d stop characters and in serts a space after the first, fifth , and tenth charact ers of a 14-character Codabar symbol. En able this feature if the host system requires this data format. Symbol length does not include start and stop characters. NOTIS Ed[…]

  • Page 200: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-42 MSI Enable/Disable MSI Parameter # 0Bh T o enable or disable MSI, scan the appropriate bar cod e below . Set Lengths for MSI Parameter # L1 = 1Eh, L2 = 1Fh The length of a code re fers to the number of characters (i.e ., human readable characters), in cluding check digit(s) the code co ntains. Set lengths for[…]

  • Page 201: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-43 Set Lengths for MSI (continued) MSI Check Digits Parameter # 32h With MSI symbols, one check digit is mandat ory and always verified by the reader . The second check digit is optional. If the MS I codes include two check digits, scan the T wo MSI Check Di gits bar code to enable verification of the secon d check digit. See MSI Che[…]

  • Page 202: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-44 T ransmit MSI Check Digit(s) Parameter # 2Eh Scan a bar code below to transmit MSI data with or without the check digit. MSI Check Digit Algorithm Parameter # 33h T wo algorithms are possible for the verification of the seco nd MS I check d igit. Select the bar code below corresponding to the algorithm used t[…]

  • Page 203: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-45 Postal Codes US Postnet Parameter # 59h T o enable or disable US Postnet, scan the appropriate ba r code below . US Planet Parameter # 5Ah T o enable or disable US Planet, scan the appropriate bar cod e below . *Enable US Postnet (01h) Disable US Postnet (00h) *Enable US Planet (01h) Disable US Planet (00h)[…]

  • Page 204: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-46 UK Postal Parameter # 5Bh T o enable or disable UK Postal, scan the appropriate bar cod e below . T ransmit UK Postal Check Digit Parameter # 60h Select whether to transmit UK Postal data with or without the check digit. *Enable UK Postal (01h) Disable UK Postal (00h) *T ransmit UK Postal Check Digit (01h) Do[…]

  • Page 205: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-47 Japan Postal Parameter # F0h, 22h T o enable or disa ble Japan Posta l, scan the appropriate bar cod e below . Australian Postal Parameter # F0h, 23h T o enable or disable Australian Postal, scan the appropriate bar code below . *Enable Japan Postal (01h) Disable Japan Postal (00h) *Enable Australian Postal (01h) Disable Australia[…]

  • Page 206: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-48 Dutch Postal Parameter # F0h, 46h T o enable or disable Dutch Postal, sca n the appropriate bar code below . T ransmit US Postal Check Digit Parameter # 5Fh Select whether to transmit US Postal data with or without the check digit. *Enable Dutch Postal (01h) Disable Dutch Postal (00h) *T ransmit US Postal Che[…]

  • Page 207: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-49 RSS (Reduced Space Symbology) The variants of RSS a re RSS 14, RSS Expanded, an d RSS Limited. Th e limited and expanded versions have sta cked variants. Scan th e appropriate bar code below to enable or disab le each variant of RSS. RSS-14 Parameter # F0h 52h . RSS Limited Parameter # F0h 53h . *Enable RSS 14 (01h) Disable RSS 14[…]

  • Page 208: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-50 RSS Expanded Parameter # F0h 54h . Convert RSS to UPC/EAN Parameter # F0h, 8Dh This parameter only ap plies to RSS-14 and RSS Limited symbols not dec oded as part of a Co mposite symbol. Ena ble this to strip t he leading ‘010’ from RSS-14 and RSS Limited sym bols encoding a single zero as the first[…]

  • Page 209: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-51 Composite Composite CC-C Parameter # F0h 55h Scan a bar code below to enable or disable Composite bar code s of type CC-C. Composite CC-A/B Parameter # F0h 56h Scan a bar code below to enable or dis able Composite b ar codes of type CC-A/B. Enable CC-C (01h) * Disable CC-C (00h) Enable CC-A/B (01h) *Disable CC-A/B (00h)[…]

  • Page 210: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-52 Composite TLC-39 Parameter # F0h 73h Scan a bar code below to enable or disable Composite bar code s of type TLC-39. Enable TLC39 (01h) *Disable TLC39 (00h)[…]

  • Page 211: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-53 UPC Composite Mode Parameter # F0h 58h UPC symbols can be “linked” with a 2D symbol during transmission as if they were one symbol. There are three options for these symbols: • Select UPC Never Linked to transmit UPC bar codes regardless of whether a 2D symbol is detected. • Select UPC Alway s Linked to transmit UPC bar co[…]

  • Page 212: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-54 Composite Beep Mode Parameter # F0h, 8Eh T o select the number of decode beeps when a composite bar code is decoded, scan the appropriate bar cod e. UCC/EAN Code 128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes Parameter # F0h, ABh Select whether to enable or disable this mode. Single Beep after both are decode[…]

  • Page 213: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-55 2D Symbologies Enable/Disable PDF417 Parameter # 0Fh T o enable or disable PDF417, scan the appropriate ba r code below . Enable/Disable MicroPDF417 Parameter # E3h T o enable or disable MicroPDF417, scan the appro priate bar code below . *Enable PDF417 (01h) Disable PDF4 17 (00h) Enable MicroPDF417 (01h) *Disable MicroPDF417 (00h[…]

  • Page 214: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-56 Code 128 Emulation Parameter # 7Bh When this parameter is enabled, the sc anner transmits data from certain MicroPDF417 symbols as if it was encoded in Code 128 symbols. T ransmit AIM Symbology Identifiers must be enable d for this parameter to work. If Code 128 Emulation is enabled, these MicroPDF417 symbo l[…]

  • Page 215: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-57 Data Matrix Parameter # F0h, 24h T o enable or disable Data Matrix, scan the appropriate bar c ode below . Maxicode Parameter # F0h, 26h T o enable or disable Maxicode, scan the appropria te bar code below . *Enable Data Matrix (01h) Disable Data Mat rix (00h) *Enable Maxicode (01h) Disable Maxicode (00h)[…]

  • Page 216: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-58 QR Code Parameter # F0h,25h T o enable or disable QR Code, scan the appropriate bar c ode below . *Enable QR Code (01h) Disable QR Code (00h)[…]

  • Page 217: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-59 Redundancy Level Parameter # 4Eh The digital scanner offers four levels of decode redu ndancy . Select higher redundancy leve ls for decreasing lev els of bar code qu ality . As redundancy le vels increase, the d igital scanner’ s aggressiveness dec reases. Select the redundan cy level appropriate for the bar code quality . Redu[…]

  • Page 218: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-60 Redundancy Level (continued) *Redundancy Level 1 (01h) Redundancy Level 2 (02h) Redundancy Level 3 (03h) Redundancy Level 4 (04h)[…]

  • Page 219: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-61 Security Level Parameter # 4Dh The digital scanner offers four le vels of decode security for delta bar codes, wh ich include the Code 1 28 family , UPC/EAN, a nd Code 93. Select increasing levels of security for decreasing levels of bar code quality . The re is an inverse relationship between se curity and digital scanner aggress[…]

  • Page 220: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-62 Intercharacter Gap Size Parameter # F0h, 7Dh The Code 39 and Codabar symbologies ha ve an intercharacte r gap t hat is typically quite s mall. Due to various bar code-printing technologies, this gap can grow larger than the maximum size allowed , preventing the digital scanner from decoding the symbol. If thi[…]

  • Page 221: Symbol DS 6608

    Symbologies 13-63 Macro PDF Features Macro PDF is a special feature for concate nating multiple PDF symbols into one file. The digital sc anner can decode symbols tha t are encoded with this feature, and can store more than 64 kb of decoded data stored in up to 50 MacroPDF symbols. When printing, keep each Macro PDF sequence separate, as ea ch sequ[…]

  • Page 222: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 13-64[…]

  • Page 223: Symbol DS 6608

    Miscellaneous Scanner Options Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 Scanning Sequence Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1[…]

  • Page 224: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 14-2[…]

  • Page 225: Symbol DS 6608

    Miscellaneou s Scanner Options 14-3 Introduction This chapter includes commonly used bar codes to c ustomize how data is transmitted to the hos t device. See Chapter 15, Adv anced Data Formatting for further c ustomization options. The digital scanner ships with the setting s shown in the Miscellaneous Scann er Options Default T able on page 14-4 ([…]

  • Page 226: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 14-4 Miscellaneous Scanner Parameter Defaults T able 14-1 lists the defau lts for miscellane ous scanner options parame ters. T o change an y option, scan the appropriate bar code(s) provided in the Miscellaneous Scann er Parameters on page 14-5 . See Appendix A, Standard Defau lt Parameters for all user preference[…]

  • Page 227: Symbol DS 6608

    Miscellaneou s Scanner Options 14-5 Miscellaneous Scanner Parameters T ransmit Code ID Character Parameter # 2Dh A Code ID character identifies th e code type of a scanned bar co de. This is useful when the digital scanner is decoding more th a n one code type. In addition to any single charac ter prefix already selecte d, the Code ID character is […]

  • Page 228: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 14-6 Prefix/Suffix V alues Key Category Parameter # P = 63h, S1 = 62h, S2 = 64h Decimal V alue Parameter # P = 69h, S1 = 68h, S2 = 6Ah A prefix and/or one or two s uffixes can be appe nded to scan data fo r use in data editing . T o set a value for a prefix or suffix , scan a four -digit number (i.e., four bar code[…]

  • Page 229: Symbol DS 6608

    Miscellaneou s Scanner Options 14-7 Scan Data T rans mission Format Parameter # EBh T o change the scan data format, scan one of the following eigh t bar codes corresp onding to the d esired format. If using this parameter do not use ADF rules to set the prefix/suffix. T o set values for the prefix and/or suffix, see Prefix/Suffix V alues on page 1[…]

  • Page 230: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 14-8 FN1 Substitution V alues Key Category Parameter # 67h Decimal V alue Parameter # 6Dh The Wedge and USB HID Keyboard hosts support a F N1 Substitution fe ature. When en abled any FN1 character (0x1b) in an EAN128 bar code is substituted with a value. This valu e defaults to 7013 (Enter Key). When using host com[…]

  • Page 231: Symbol DS 6608

    Miscellaneou s Scanner Options 14-9 T ransmit “No Read” Message Parameter # 5Eh Scan a bar code below to select whether or not to transmit a No Read message. Wh en enabled, the characters NR are transmitted when a bar code is not decoded. When disabled , if a symbol does not decode, nothing is sent to the host. Enable No Read (01h) * Disable No[…]

  • Page 232: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 14-10 Synapse Interface Parameter # F0h, ACh The auto-detection of a Synapse cable va ries in duration depe nding on the type of Synap se connection. If a digital scanner is connected to another scan ner using a Synapse cable , use the Auxiliary Synapse Po rt connection. In all other cases, where the ca ble is used[…]

  • Page 233: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3 Rules: Criteria Linked to Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-[…]

  • Page 234: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-2 Beeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-46 Send Keystroke (Control Characters and Keyboard Characters) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-46 Send Right Control Ke[…]

  • Page 235: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-3 Introduction Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) is a means of customizing data be fore transmission to the host device. Sc an data can be edited t o suit particular requirements. ADF can be implemente d through scanning a relate d series of bar codes, which begin on page 15-8 , or by installing the 123 Scan utility (see Ch[…]

  • Page 236: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-4 Using ADF Bar Codes When programming a rule, make sure the rule is logically correct. Plan ahead before scanning. T o program each data formatting rule: • Start the Rule . Scan the Begin New Rule bar code on page 15-8. • Criteria . Scan the bar codes for all pertinent criteria. Criteria can include c ode t[…]

  • Page 237: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-5 Rule 1: The Code 128 Scanning Rule Step Bar Code On Page Beep Indica tion 1 Begin New Rule 15-8 High High 2 Code 12 8 15-11 High High 3 Send next 5 characte rs 15-28 High High 4 Send <CTRL M> 15-48 High High 5 Send next 5 characte rs 15-28 High High 6 Send <CTRL P> 15-48 High High 7 Send next 2 characte rs […]

  • Page 238: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-6 and the cashie r will key the price manually . T o implement this, first enter an ADF rule that applies to the normal situation, such as: Scan Rule Belongs to Set 1. When scanning a bar code of leng th 15, send the next 2 characters, send the class k ey , send the nex t 8 characters, send the stock key , send […]

  • Page 239: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-7 These rules reside in the same “rule list” as ADF Rule s, so the order of their creation is also important. Default Rules Every unit has a default rule to send all scan data. Units with custom software ma y have one or more default rules burned in. T he rules hierarchy checks user programmable rules first, then the[…]

  • Page 240: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-8 Special Commands Pause Duration This parameter along with the Se nd Pause parameter on p age 15-31 allows a pau se to be inserted in the data transmission. Pauses are set by scann ing a two-digit nu mber (i.e., two bar code s), and a re measured in 0.1 second intervals. For example, sc anning b ar codes “0?[…]

  • Page 241: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-9 Erase Use these bar codes to erase criteria, actions, or rules. Quit Entering Rules Scan this bar code to quit entering rules. Quit Entering Rules Erase Criteria And Start Again Erase Actions And Start Again Erase Previously Saved Rule Erase All Rules[…]

  • Page 242: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-10 Disable Rule Set Use these bar codes to disable rule sets. Disable Rule Set 1 Disable Rule Set 2 Disable Rule Set 3 Disable Rule Set 4 Disable All Rule Sets[…]

  • Page 243: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-11 Criteria Code T ypes Select any number of code types to be affected. All selected codes must be scanned in successio n, prior to selecting other crit eria. T o select all code types, do not scan any code type . Scan the bar codes for all code types desired before selecting other criteria. Code 39 Codabar RSS 14 RSS Li[…]

  • Page 244: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-12 Code T ypes (continued) IA T A 2 OF 5 I 2 OF 5 Code 93 UPC-A UPC-E EAN-8 EAN-13[…]

  • Page 245: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-13 Code T ypes (continued) MSI UCC/EAN 128 UPC-E1 Bookland EAN T rioptic Code 39 Code 11 Code 32[…]

  • Page 246: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-14 Code T ypes (continued) ISBT 128 EAN 128 Coupon Code US Postnet US Planet UK Postal Japan Postal[…]

  • Page 247: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-15 Code T ypes (continued) Australian Postal Dutch Postal PDF417 MicroPDF Macro PDF Macro MicroPDF MaxiCode[…]

  • Page 248: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-16 When selecting composite bar co des, enable AIM IDs if pars ing UPC or EAN composite data, or data from an application that uses symbol separators. Code T ypes (continued) Datamatrix QR Code TLC 39 UPC/EAN Composites RSS and EAN128 Composites[…]

  • Page 249: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-17 Code Lengths Define the number of cha racters the selected code typ e must contain. Do not sele ct any code length to selec t code types of any le ngth . Scan these bar codes to define the number of char acters the selected code types must contain. Select one length per rule only . 1 Character 2 Characters 3 Character[…]

  • Page 250: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-18 Code Lengths (continued) 7 Characters 8 Characters 9 Characters 10 Characters 11 Characters 12 Characters 13 Characters[…]

  • Page 251: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-19 Code Lengths (continued) 14 Characters 15 Characters 16 Characters 17 Characters 18 Characters 19 Characters 20 Characters[…]

  • Page 252: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-20 Code Lengths (continued) 21 Characters 22 Characters 23 Characters 24 Characters 25 Characters 26 Characters 27 Characters[…]

  • Page 253: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-21 Code Lengths (continued) 28 Characters 29 Characters 30 Characters[…]

  • Page 254: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-22 Message Containing A Specific Data String Use this feature to select whether the formatting affects data that begins with a specific character or data string, or contain s a specific character or data string. There are 4 features: • Specific String at Start • Specific String, Any Location • Any Message […]

  • Page 255: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-23 Specific String, Any Location Scan this bar code, the n, using the Numeric Keypa d on page 15-24 , sca n a two-digit number representin g the position (use a leading “zero” if necessary). The n scan the desired character or characters (up to a total of 8) on the Alphanu meric Keyboard on page 15-90 , followed by t[…]

  • Page 256: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-24 Numeric Keypad Bar codes on th is page should not be confuse d with those on the alphanumeric keyboard. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6[…]

  • Page 257: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-25 Numeric Keypad (continued) 7 8 9 Cancel[…]

  • Page 258: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-26 Rule Belongs T o Set Select the set a rule belongs to. (There are four possible rule sets.) See Alternate Rule Sets on page 15-5 for more information about rule sets. Scan a bar code below to select whic h set a rule belongs to. Rule Belongs T o Set 1 Rule Belongs T o Set 2 Rule Belongs T o Set 3 Rule Belongs[…]

  • Page 259: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-27 Actions Select how to format the data for transmission. Send Data Send all data that remains, se nd all data up to a spec ific character selected from the Alphan umeric Keyboard on page 15-90 , or send the next N characters. N = any number from 1 to 254, selected from the Alph anumeric Keyboard . Use these bar codes t[…]

  • Page 260: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-28 Send Data (continued) Send Next 5 Characters Send Next 6 Characters Send Next 7 Characters Send Next 8 Characters Send Next 9 Characters Send Next 10 Characters Send Next 11 Characters[…]

  • Page 261: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-29 Send Data (continued) Send Next 12 Characters Send Next 13 Characters Send Next 14 Characters Send Next 15 Characters Send Next 16 Characters Send Next 17 Characters Send Next 18 Characters[…]

  • Page 262: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-30 Setup Field(s) Send Data (continued) Send Next 19 Characters Send Next 20 Characters T able 15-1. Setup Fi eld(s) Definitions Parameter Description Page Move Cursor Move Cursor T o a Character Scan the Move Cursor T o Character bar code on page 15-3 1, then any printable ASCII charac ter from the Alphanumeric[…]

  • Page 263: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-31 Move Cursor Scan a bar code below to move the cursor in relation to a specified character . Then en ter a character by scanning a bar code fr om th e Alphanumeric Keyboard beginn ing on page 15-90. If there is no match when the rule is interpreted and the ru le fails, the next rule is checked. Send Pause Scan the bar […]

  • Page 264: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-32 Skip Ahead Use the following bar codes to skip ahead characte rs. Skip Ahead 1 Character Skip Ahead 2 Characters Skip Ahead 3 Characters Skip Ahead 4 Characters Skip Ahead 5 Characters Skip Ahead 7 Characters Skip Ahead 8 Characters[…]

  • Page 265: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-33 Skip Back Use the following bar codes to skip back characters. Skip Ahead (continued) Skip Ahead 9 Characters Skip Ahead 10 Characters Skip Ahead 6 Characters Skip Back 1 Character Skip Back 2 Characters Skip Back 3 Characters[…]

  • Page 266: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-34 Skip Back (continued) Skip Back 4 Characters Skip Back 5 Characters Skip Back 6 Characters Skip Back 7 Characters Skip Back 8 Characters Skip Back 9 Characters Skip Back 10 Characters[…]

  • Page 267: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-35 Send Preset V alue Use these bar codes to send preset values . These values must be set using the Scan Prefix and Scan Suffix bar co des on page 14- 6. Send Prefix Send Suffix[…]

  • Page 268: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-36 Modify Data Modify data in the ways listed. The following actions work for all send c ommands that follow it within a rule. P rogramming pad zeros to length 6, send next 3 characters, stop padding , send next 5 characters, adds three zeros to the first send, and the nex t send is unaffected by th e padding. T[…]

  • Page 269: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-37 Pad Data with Spaces T o pad data to th e left, scan the b ar code containing th e desir ed number of spaces. This pa rameter is activated by Send command s. Pad Spaces T o Length 1 Pad Spaces T o Length 2 Pad Spaces T o Length 3 Pad Spaces T o Length 4 Pad Spaces T o Length 5 Pad Spaces T o Length 6 Pad Spaces T o Le[…]

  • Page 270: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-38 Pad Data with Spaces (continued) Pad Spaces T o Length 8 Pad Spaces T o Length 9 Pad Spaces T o Length 10 Pad Spaces T o Length 11 Pad Spaces T o Length 12 Pad Spaces T o Length 13 Pad Spaces T o Length 14[…]

  • Page 271: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-39 Pad Data with Spaces (continued) Pad Spaces T o Length 15 Pad Spaces T o Length 16 Pad Spaces T o Length 17 Pad Spaces T o Length 18 Pad Spaces T o Length 19 Pad Spaces T o Length 20 Pad Spaces T o Length 21[…]

  • Page 272: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-40 Pad Data with Spaces (continued) Pad Spaces T o Length 22 Pad Spaces T o Length 23 Pad Spaces T o Length 24 Pad Spaces T o Length 25 Pad Spaces T o Length 26 Pad Spaces T o Length 27 Pad Spaces T o Length 28[…]

  • Page 273: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-41 Pad Data with Zeros T o pad data to the left, scan the bar code containing the desired number of zeros. Th is parameter is activated by Send commands . Pad Data with Spaces (continued) Pad Spaces T o Length 29 Pad Spaces T o Length 30 Stop Pad Spaces Pad Zeros T o Length 1 Pad Zeros T o Length 2 Pad Zeros T o Length 3[…]

  • Page 274: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-42 Pad Data with Zeros (continued) Pad Zeros T o Length 4 Pad Zeros T o Length 5 Pad Zeros T o Length 6 Pad Zeros T o Length 7 Pad Zeros T o Length 8 Pad Zeros T o Length 9 Pad Zeros T o Length 10[…]

  • Page 275: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-43 Pad Data with Zeros (continued) Pad Zeros T o Length 11 Pad Zeros T o Length 12 Pad Zeros T o Length 13 Pad Zeros T o Length 14 Pad Zeros T o Length 15 Pad Zeros T o Length 16 Pad Zeros T o Length 17[…]

  • Page 276: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-44 Pad Data with Zeros (continued) Pad Zeros T o Length 18 Pad Zeros T o Length 19 Pad Zeros T o Length 20 Pad Zeros T o Length 21 Pad Zeros T o Length 22 Pad Zeros T o Length 23 Pad Zeros T o Length 24[…]

  • Page 277: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-45 Pad Data with Zeros (continued) Pad Zeros T o Length 25 Pad Zeros T o Length 26 Pad Zeros T o Length 27 Pad Zeros T o Length 28 Pad Zeros T o Length 29 Pad Zeros T o Length 30 Stop Pad Zeros[…]

  • Page 278: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-46 Beeps Select a beep sequence for each ADF rule. Send Key stroke (Control Charac ters and Keyboard Characters) Control Characters Scan the “Send __” bar code for the keystroke to send Beep Once Beep T wice Beep Three T i mes Send Control 2 Send Control A Send Control B[…]

  • Page 279: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-47 Control Characters (continued) Send Control C Send Control D Send Control E Send Control F Send Control G Send Control H Send Control I[…]

  • Page 280: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-48 Control Characters (continued) Send Control J Send Control K Send Control L Send Control M Send Control N Send Control O Send Control P[…]

  • Page 281: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-49 Control Characters (continued) Send Control Q Send Control R Send Control S Send Control T Send Control U Send Control V Send Control W[…]

  • Page 282: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-50 Control Characters (continued) Send Control X Send Control Y Send Control Z Send Control [ Send Control Send Control ][…]

  • Page 283: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-51 Keyboard Characters Scan the “Send __” bar code for th e keyboard characters to send. Control Characters (continued) Send Control 6 Send Control — Send Space Send ! Send “ Send #[…]

  • Page 284: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-52 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send $ Send % Send & Send ‘ Send ( Send ) Send *[…]

  • Page 285: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-53 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send + Send , Send — Send . Send / Send 0 Send 1[…]

  • Page 286: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-54 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send 2 Send 3 Send 4 Send 5 Send 6 Send 7 Send 8[…]

  • Page 287: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-55 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send 9 Send : Send ; Send < Send = Send > Send ?[…]

  • Page 288: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-56 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send @ Send A Send B Send C Send D Send E Send F[…]

  • Page 289: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-57 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send G Send H Send I Send J Send K Send L Send M[…]

  • Page 290: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-58 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send N Send O Send P Send Q Send R Send S Send T[…]

  • Page 291: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-59 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send U Send V Send W Send X Send Y Send Z Send [[…]

  • Page 292: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-60 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send Send ] Send ^ Send _ Send ` Send a Send b[…]

  • Page 293: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-61 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send c Send d Send e Send f Send g Send h Send i[…]

  • Page 294: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-62 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send j Send k Send l Send m Send n Send o Send p[…]

  • Page 295: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-63 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send q Send r Send s Send t Send u Send v Send w[…]

  • Page 296: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-64 Keyboard Characters (continued) Send x Send y Send z Send { Send | Send } Send ~[…]

  • Page 297: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-65 Send AL T Characters Send Alt 2 Send Alt A Send Alt B Send Alt C Send Alt D Send Alt E Send Alt F[…]

  • Page 298: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-66 Send AL T Characters (continued) Send Alt G Send Alt H Send Alt I Send Alt J Send Alt K Send Alt L Send Alt M[…]

  • Page 299: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-67 Send AL T Characters (continued) Send Alt N Send Alt O Send Alt P Send Alt Q Send Alt R Send Alt S Send Alt T[…]

  • Page 300: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-68 Send AL T Characters (continued) Send Alt U Send Alt V Send Alt W Send Alt X Send Alt Y Send Alt Z Send Alt [[…]

  • Page 301: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-69 Send AL T Characters (continued) Send Alt Send Alt ] Send Alt 6 Send Alt -[…]

  • Page 302: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-70 Send Keypad Characters Send Keypad * Send Keypad + Send Keypad — Send Keypad . Send Keypad / Send Keypad 0 Send Keypad 1[…]

  • Page 303: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-71 Send Keypad Characters (continued) Send Keypad 2 Send Keypad 3 Send Keypad 4 Send Keypad 5 Send Keypad 6 Send Keypad 7 Send Keypad 8[…]

  • Page 304: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-72 Send Keypad Characters (continued) Send Keypad 9 Send Keypad Enter Send Keypad Numlock Send Break Key Send Delete Key Send Page Up Key Send End Key[…]

  • Page 305: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-73 Send Keypad Characters (continued) Send Page Down Key Send Pause Key Send Scroll Lock Key Send Backspace Key Send T ab Key Send Print Screen Key Send Insert Key[…]

  • Page 306: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-74 Send Keypad Characters (continued) Send Home Key Send Ent er Key Send Escape Key Send Up Arrow Key Send Down Arrow Key Send Left Arrow Key Send Right Arrow Key[…]

  • Page 307: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-75 Send Function Key Send F1 Key Send F2 Key Send F3 Key Send F4 Key Send F5 Key Send F6 Key Send F7 Key[…]

  • Page 308: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-76 Send Function Key (continued) Send F8 Key Send F9 Key Send F10 Key Send F11 Key Send F12 Key Send F13 Key Send F14 Key[…]

  • Page 309: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-77 Send Function Key (continued) Send F15 Key Send F16 Key Send F17 Key Send F18 Key Send F19 Key Send F20 Key Send F21 Key[…]

  • Page 310: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-78 Send Function Key (continued) Send F22 Key Send F23 Key Send F24 Key Send PF1 Key Send PF2 Key Send PF3 Key Send PF4 Key[…]

  • Page 311: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-79 Send Function Key (continued) Send PF5 Key Send PF6 Key Send PF7 Key Send PF8 Key Send PF9 Key Send PF10 Key Send PF11 Key[…]

  • Page 312: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-80 Send Function Key (continued) Send PF12 Key Send PF13 Key Send PF14 Key Send PF15 Key Send PF16 Key Send PF17 Key Send PF18 Key[…]

  • Page 313: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-81 Send Function Key (continued) Send PF19 Key Send PF20 Key Send PF21 Key Send PF22 Key Send PF23 Key Send PF24 Key Send PF25 Key[…]

  • Page 314: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-82 Send Right Control Key The “Send Right Control Key” action will send a tap (pre ss and release) of the Right Control Ke y . Send Right Control Key Send Function Key (continued) Send PF26 Key Send PF27 Key Send PF28 Key Send PF29 Key Send PF30 Key[…]

  • Page 315: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-83 Send Graphic User Inte rface (GUI) Characters The “Send Graphic User Interface Character” actions will tap th e specified key while hold ing the System Depen dent Graphic User Interface (GUI) Key . The definition of the Graphic User Interface key is dependant upo n the attached system: Send GUI 0 Send GUI 1 Send G[…]

  • Page 316: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-84 Send Graphic User Interface (GUI) Char acters (conitinued) Send GUI 6 Send GUI 7 Send GUI 8 Send GUI 9 Send GUI A Send GUI B Send GUI C[…]

  • Page 317: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-85 Send Graphic User Interface (GUI) Characters (conitinued) Send GUI D Send GUI E Send GUI F Send GUI G Send GUI H Send GUI I Send GUI J[…]

  • Page 318: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-86 Send Graphic User Interface (GUI) Char acters (conitinued) Send GUI K Send GUI L Send GUI M Send GUI N Send GUI O Send GUI P Send GUI Q[…]

  • Page 319: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-87 Send Graphic User Interface (GUI) Characters (conitinued) Send GUI R Send GUI S Send GUI T Send GUI U Send GUI V Send GUI W Send GUI X[…]

  • Page 320: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-88 T urn On/Off Rule Sets Use these bar codes to turn rule sets on and off. Send Graphic User Interface (GUI) Char acters (conitinued) Send GUI Y Send GUI Z T urn On Rule Se t 1 T urn On Rule Set 2 T urn On Rule Se t 3 T urn On Rule Set 4[…]

  • Page 321: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-89 T urn On/Off Rule Sets (continued) Use these bar codes to turn rule sets on and off. T urn Off Rule S et 1 T urn Off Rule Set 2 T urn Off Rule S et 3 T urn Off Rule Set 4[…]

  • Page 322: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-90 Alphanumeric Keyboard Space # $ % * + — (Dash)[…]

  • Page 323: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-91 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) . / ! “ & ‘ ([…]

  • Page 324: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-92 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) ) : ; < = > ?[…]

  • Page 325: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-93 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) @ [ ] ^ _ (Underscore) `[…]

  • Page 326: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-94 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) Numeric bar codes below should not be confused with those on the numeric keypad. 0 1 2 3 4 5[…]

  • Page 327: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-95 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) 6 7 8 9 A B C[…]

  • Page 328: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-96 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) D E F G H I J[…]

  • Page 329: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-97 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) K L M N O P Q[…]

  • Page 330: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-98 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) R S T U V W X[…]

  • Page 331: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-99 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) Y Z Cancel End of Message a b c[…]

  • Page 332: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-100 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) d e f g h i j[…]

  • Page 333: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-101 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) k l m n o p q[…]

  • Page 334: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-102 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) r s t u v w x[…]

  • Page 335: Symbol DS 6608

    Advanced Data Formatting 15-103 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) y z { | } ~[…]

  • Page 336: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide 15-104[…]

  • Page 337: Symbol DS 6608

    Standard Default Parameters[…]

  • Page 338: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide A-2[…]

  • Page 339: Symbol DS 6608

    Standard Defau lt Parameters A-3 T able A-1. Standard Default Parameters T able Parameter Parameter Number Default Page Number User Preferences Set Default Paramet er All Defaults 4-5 Parameter Scann ing ECh Enable 4-5 Beeper T one 91h Med ium 4-6 Beeper V olume 8Ch High 4-7 Power Mode 80h Cont inuous On 4-7 T ime Delay to Low Power Mode 92h 5 Minu[…]

  • Page 340: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide A-4 Function Key Mapping Disable 6-11 FN1 Substitut ion Disable 6-12 Send and Make Break Send 6- 12 RS-232 Host Parameters RS-232 Host T ypes Standard 1 7- 8 Baud Rate 9600 7-9 Parity T ype None 7-11 Stop Bit Select 1 Stop Bit 7-12 Data Bits 8-Bit 7-12 Check Receive E rrors Enable 7-13 Hardware Handshaking None 7-1[…]

  • Page 341: Symbol DS 6608

    Standard Defau lt Parameters A-5 Simulated Caps Lock Disable 8- 11 Convert Case No Case Conversion 8- 11 IBM 468X/469 X Host Parameters Port Addre ss None Select ed 9-5 Convert Unknown to Code 39 Disable 9-6 Wand Emulation Host Parameters Wand E mulation Host T ypes Symbol OmniLink Interface Contro ller 1 10-5 Leading Marg in 80 msec 10 -6 Polarity[…]

  • Page 342: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide A-6 UPC-E 02h Enable 13-10 UPC-E1 0Ch Disable 13-11 EAN-8/JAN 8 04h Enable 13-11 EAN-13/JAN 13 03h Enable 13-12 Bookland EAN 53h Disable 13-1 2 Decode UPC/EAN/ JAN Supplement als (2 and 5 di gits) 10h Ignore 13-13 UPC/EAN/JAN Supp lemental Redund ancy 50h 10 13-1 4 T ransmit UPC- A Check Digit 28h En able 13-15 T r[…]

  • Page 343: Symbol DS 6608

    Standard Defau lt Parameters A-7 Code 39 Check Digit V erification 30h Disable 13-25 T ransmit Co de 39 Check Di git 2Bh Disable 13 -26 Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion 11h Disable 13-26 Buffer Code 39 71h Disable 13-27 Code 93 Code 93 09h Disable 13 -29 Set Length(s) for Code 93 1Ah 1Bh 4 to 55 13-3 0 Code 11 Code 11 0Ah Disable 13-3 1 Set Lengths fo[…]

  • Page 344: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide A-8 MSI MSI 0Bh Disable 13-4 2 Set Length(s) for MSI 1E h 1Fh 1 to 55 13-42 MSI Check Digits 32h One 13-43 T ransmit MSI Ch eck Digit 2Eh Disab le 13-44 MSI Check Digit Algorithm 33h M od 10/Mod 10 13-44 Postal Codes US Postnet 59h Enable 13 -45 US Planet 5Ah Enable 13-45 UK Postal 5Bh Enable 13-46 T ransmit UK Po […]

  • Page 345: Symbol DS 6608

    Standard Defau lt Parameters A-9 UCC/EAN Code 128 Emu lation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes F0h ABh Disable 13-54 2D Symbologies PDF417 0Fh Enable 13-55 MicroPDF417 E3h Disable 13-55 Code 128 Emul ation 7Bh Disable 13-56 Data Matrix F0h 24h Enable 13-57 Maxicode F0h 26h Enable 13-57 QR Code F0h 25h Enable 13-58 Symbology-Specific Security Levels […]

  • Page 346: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide A-10[…]

  • Page 347: Symbol DS 6608

    Programming Reference Symbol Code Identifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3 AIM Code Identifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4[…]

  • Page 348: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide B-2[…]

  • Page 349: Symbol DS 6608

    Programming Reference B-3 Symbol Code Identifiers T able B-1. Symbol Code Characters Code Character Code T ype A UPC-A, UPC-E, UPC-E1, EAN-8, EAN-13 B Code 39, Code 32 C Codabar D Cod e 128 E Cod e 93 F Int erleaved 2 of 5 G Discr ete 2 of 5, or Discrete 2 of 5 IA T A H Cod e 11 JM S I K UCC/EAN-128 L Booklan d EAN M T rioptic Code 39 N Coupon Code[…]

  • Page 350: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide B-4 AIM Code Identifiers Each AIM Code Identifier contains the three -character string ]cm where: ] = Flag Character (ASCII 93) c = Cod e Character (see T able B-2 ) m = Modifier Character (see T able B-3 ) T able B-2. Aim Code Characters Code Character Code T ype A Code 39, Code 39 Full ASCII, Code 32 C Code 128, […]

  • Page 351: Symbol DS 6608

    Programming Reference B-5 The modifier character is the sum of the applicable option values based on T able B-3 . T able B-3. Modifier Characters Code T ype Option V alue Option Code 39 0 No check charac ter or Full ASCII processing . 1 Reader has ch ecked one ch eck charac ter . 3 Reader has ch ecked and st ripped ch eck characte r . 4 Reader has […]

  • Page 352: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide B-6 Bookland EAN 0 No op tions specif ied at th is time. Always transmit 0. Example: A Bookland EAN bar code 123456789X is transmitted as ]X0 12345678 9X Code 11 0 Single check di git 1 T wo check digit s 3 Check charact ers valida ted but no t transmitted . RSS Family No option specified at this time. Always trans[…]

  • Page 353: Symbol DS 6608

    Programming Reference B-7 MaxiCode 0 Symbol in Mode 4 o r 5. 1 Symbol in Mode 2 o r 3. 2 Symbol in Mode 4 o r 5, ECI prot ocol implemented . 3 Symbol in Mode 2 o r 3, ECI proto col implemented in secondary me ssage. QR Code 0 Model 1 symbo l. 1 Model 2 symbo l, ECI protocol not implemented. 2 Model 2 symbo l, ECI protocol implemented. 3 Model 2 sym[…]

  • Page 354: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide B-8[…]

  • Page 355: Symbol DS 6608

    Sample Bar Codes Code 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3 UPC/EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[…]

  • Page 356: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide C-2[…]

  • Page 357: Symbol DS 6608

    Sample Bar Codes C-3 Code 39 UPC/EAN UPC-A, 100 % EAN-13, 100 % Code 128 123ABC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 0 12345678901234567890123456789012345678901234[…]

  • Page 358: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide C-4 Interleaved 2 of 5 RSS 14 RSS 14 must be enabled to read the bar code below (s ee RSS-14 on page 13-49). 7612341562 341 PDF417 Data Matrix 12345678901231 Note[…]

  • Page 359: Symbol DS 6608

    Sample Bar Codes C-5 Maxicode QR Code US Postnet UK Postal[…]

  • Page 360: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide C-6[…]

  • Page 361: Symbol DS 6608

    Numeric Bar Codes Numeric Bar Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-3 Cancel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[…]

  • Page 362: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide D-2[…]

  • Page 363: Symbol DS 6608

    Numeric Bar Codes D-3 Numeric Bar Codes For parameters requiring specific numeric values, scan the appropriately numbered bar code(s). 0 1 2 3 4 5[…]

  • Page 364: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide D-4 Numeric Bar Codes For parameters requiring specific numeric values, scan the appropriately numbered bar code(s). Cancel T o correct an error or change a selection, scan the bar code b elow . 6 7 8 9 Cancel[…]

  • Page 365: Symbol DS 6608

    ASCII Character Sets[…]

  • Page 366: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide E-2[…]

  • Page 367: Symbol DS 6608

    ASCII Character Sets E-3 T able E-1. ASCII V alue T able ASCII Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char Key stroke 1000 %U CTRL 2 1001 $A CTRL A 1002 $B CTRL B 1003 $C CTRL C 1004 $D CTRL D 1005 $E CTRL E 1006 $F CTRL F 1007 $G CTRL G 1008 $H CTRL H/ BACKSP ACE 1 1009 $I CTRL I/ HORIZONT AL T AB 1 1010 $J CTRL J 1011 $K CTRL K 1012 $L CTRL L 1013 $M CT[…]

  • Page 368: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide E-4 1025 $Y CTRL Y 1026 $Z CTRL Z 1027 %A CTRL [ 1028 %B CTRL 1029 %C CTRL ] 1030 %D CTRL 6 1031 %E CTRL — 1032 Space Space 1033 /A ! 1034 /B “ 1035 /C # 1036 /D $ 1037 /E % 1038 /F & 1039 /G ‘ 1040 /H ( 1041 /I ) 1042 /J * 1043 /K + 1044 /L , 1045 — — 1046 . . 1047 /o / 1048 0 0 1049 1 1 1050 2 2 1051 3 […]

  • Page 369: Symbol DS 6608

    ASCII Character Sets E-5 1052 4 4 1053 5 5 1054 6 6 1055 7 7 1056 8 8 1057 9 9 1058 /Z : 1059 %F ; 1060 %G < 1061 %H = 1062 %I > 1063 %J ? 1064 %V @ 1065 A A 1066 B B 1067 C C 1068 D D 1069 E E 1070 F F 1071 G G 1072 H H 1073 I I 1074 J J 1075 K K 1076 L L 1077 M M 1078 N N T able E-1. ASCII Va lue T able (Continued) ASCII Value Full ASCII Co[…]

  • Page 370: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide E-6 1079 O O 1080 P P 1081 Q Q 1082 R R 1083 S S 1084 T T 1085 U U 1086 V V 1087 W W 1088 X X 1089 Y Y 1090 Z Z 1091 %K [ 1092 %L 1093 %M ] 1094 %N ^ 1095 %O _ 1096 %W ‘ 1097 +A a 1098 +B b 1099 +C c 1100 +D d 1101 +E e 1102 +F f 1103 +G g 1104 +H h 1105 +I i T able E-1. ASCII V alue T able (Continued) ASCII Va[…]

  • Page 371: Symbol DS 6608

    ASCII Character Sets E-7 1106 +J j 1107 +K k 1108 +L l 1109 +M m 1110 +N n 1111 +O o 1112 +P p 1113 +Q q 1114 +R r 1115 +S s 1116 +T t 1117 +U u 1118 +V v 1119 +W w 1120 +X x 1121 +Y y 1122 +Z z 1123 %P { 1124 %Q I 1125 %R } 1126 %S ~ T able E-1. ASCII Va lue T able (Continued) ASCII Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char Key stroke The keystro ke in[…]

  • Page 372: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide E-8 T able E-2. AL T Key Standard Default T ables AL T Key s Key stroke 2064 AL T 2 2065 AL T A 2066 AL T B 2067 AL T C 2068 AL T D 2069 AL T E 2070 AL T F 2071 AL T G 2072 AL T H 2073 AL T I 2074 AL T J 2075 AL T K 2076 AL T L 2077 AL T M 2078 AL T N 2079 AL T O 2080 AL T P 2081 AL T Q 2082 AL T R 2083 AL T S 2084[…]

  • Page 373: Symbol DS 6608

    ASCII Character Sets E-9 T able 5-3. USB GUI Key Character Set GUI Key Key stroke 3000 Right Control Key 3048 GUI 0 3049 GUI 1 3050 GUI 2 3051 GUI 3 3052 GUI 4 3053 GUI 5 3054 GUI 6 3055 GUI 7 3056 GUI 8 3057 GUI 9 3065 GUI A 3066 GUI B 3067 GUI C 3068 GUI D 3069 GUI E 3070 GUI F 3071 GUI G 3072 GUI H 3073 GUI I 3074 GUI J 3075 GUI K 3076 GUI L 307[…]

  • Page 374: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide E-10 3087 GUI W 3088 GUI X 3089 GUI Y 3090 GUI Z T able E-4. PF Key Standard Default T able PF Key s Key stroke 4001 PF 1 4002 PF 2 4003 PF 3 4004 PF 4 4005 PF 5 4006 PF 6 4007 PF 7 4008 PF 8 4009 PF 9 4010 PF 10 4011 PF 11 4012 PF 12 4013 PF 13 4014 PF 14 4015 PF 15 4016 PF 16 T able 5-3. USB GUI Key C haracter Se[…]

  • Page 375: Symbol DS 6608

    ASCII Character Sets E-11 T able E-5. F key St andard Default T able F K e ys K e ys t r o k e 5001 F 1 5002 F 2 5003 F 3 5004 F 4 5005 F 5 5006 F 6 5007 F 7 5008 F 8 5009 F 9 5010 F 10 5011 F 11 5012 F 12 5013 F 13 5014 F 14 5015 F 15 5016 F 16 5017 F 17 5018 F 18 5019 F 19 5020 F 20 5021 F 21 5022 F 22 5023 F 23 5024 F 24 T able E-6. Numeric Ke y[…]

  • Page 376: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 P roduct Refere nce Guide E-12 6048 0 6049 1 6050 2 6051 3 6052 4 6053 5 6054 6 6055 7 6056 8 6057 9 6058 Enter 6059 Num Lock T able E-7. Extended Keyp ad Standard Default T able Extended Keypad Key stroke 7001 Break 7002 Delete 7003 Pg Up 7004 End 7005 Pg Dn 7006 Pause 7007 Scroll Lock 7008 Backspace 7009 T ab 7010 Print Scr een 7011 Inser[…]

  • Page 377: Symbol DS 6608

    Glossary AIM Automatic Identification Ma nufacturers, Inc. is the tra de association for manufacturers of automatic identification syst ems. Alphanumeric A character set that contains letters, n umbers and other charact ers such as special symbols. Aperture The opening in an optical system defi ned by a lens or baffle that establishes the field of […]

  • Page 378: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide GL- 2 Bar Code Density Th e number of characters represent ed per unit o f measureme nt (e.g., characters per inch) . Bar Code Reader A device used to read o r decode a bar code symbol. Bar Code Symb ol The combinatio n of symbol char acters and features req uired by a par ticular symbology , including quiet zo nes, […]

  • Page 379: Symbol DS 6608

    GL-3 CDRH Class 2 No additional software mechanisms a re needed to con form to this limit. Laser operation in this class poses no dange r for unint entional di rect human exposure. Character A pattern of ba rs and spaces which eithe r directly repr esents data or indicat es a control function, such as a number , letter , punctuat ion mark, or commu[…]

  • Page 380: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide GL- 4 Data Matrix This erro r correcting, 2-dime nsional matr ix symbology was origina lly developed in 1989, and a finalized de sign was completed in 1995 by International Data Matrix. It’s capable of encodin g vari ous character sets includin g strictly numeric data, alpha numeric data and all ISO 646 (ASCII) […]

  • Page 381: Symbol DS 6608

    GL-5 EAN/U.P .C. A fixed-length, numeric 1 3-digit bar code symbo l consisting of 30 d ark elements and 29 in tervening light elemen ts. Each character is represen ted by 2 bars and 2 spaces o ver 7 modules. A bar may be comprised of 1, 2, 3 or 4 modules. Each EAN/U.P .C. symbol consists of a leading quiet zone, a start pattern, 7 left-h and data c[…]

  • Page 382: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide GL- 6 LASER — Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation The laser is an intense light source. Light from a laser is all the same frequency , unlike the output of an incandescent bulb. Laser ligh t is typically coherent and has a high energy densit y . Laser Diode A gallium-ar senide semiconduct or type […]

  • Page 383: Symbol DS 6608

    GL-7 Orientation The alignmen t of the symbol ‘s scan path . T wo pos sible orient ations are horizontal wi th vertical bars and spa c es (picket fence) and vertical with horizontal bars and space s (ladder). Overhead The fixed number of characters requ ired for star t, stop and checki ng in a given symbol. For example, a symbol requiring a st[…]

  • Page 384: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide GL- 8 Scanning Sequence A method of progra mming or configuring paramet ers for a bar code reading system by scanning bar code menus. Self-Checking Code A symbology th at uses a ch ecking algorit hm to detect en coding err ors within the charac ters of a b ar code sy mbol. Skew Rotation of a bar code symbol o n an ax[…]

  • Page 385: Symbol DS 6608

    GL-9 V ertical Bar Code A bar code pattern presented in such orientation th at the symbol from start to stop is per pendicular t o the hori zon. The individual bars are in an array appearing as ru ngs of a ladder . Visible Laser Diode (VLD) A solid sta te device whi ch produces visible laser light. Wand Sc anner A handheld scanning device used as a[…]

  • Page 386: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Reference Guide GL-10[…]

  • Page 387: Symbol DS 6608

    Numerics 123Scan parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 2D bar codes code 128 emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-56 Data Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-57 Maxicode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-57 MicroPDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . […]

  • Page 388: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Re ference Guide IN-2 code types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-11 criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3, 15-11 default rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-7 numeric keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-24, 15-25 pad spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . […]

  • Page 389: Symbol DS 6608

    Index IN-3 code 39 full ASCII conver sion . . . . . . . . 11-9 convert bar code s to code 39 . . . . . . . . 11-8 convert newer code types . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7 default table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4 host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5 ignore unkn own characte rs . . . . . . . . 11-10 leading[…]

  • Page 390: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Re ference Guide IN-4 code identi fiers AIM code IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4 modifier characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-5 Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3 code types ADF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-11 compos[…]

  • Page 391: Symbol DS 6608

    Index IN-5 power connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Q QR code bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-58 quiet zone (l eading ma rgin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 R RS-232 connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 default parameters . . . . . . . . . . […]

  • Page 392: Symbol DS 6608

    DS 6608 Product Re ference Guide IN-6[…]

  • Page 393: Symbol DS 6608

    Thank you for your input—We value your comments. Tell Us What You Think… We ’d like to know what you think about this Manual. Please take a moment to fill out th is questionnai re and fax this form to: (631) 738-3318, or mail to: Symbol T echnologies, Inc. One Symbol Plaza M/S B-4 Holtsville, NY 11742-1300 Attention: T echnical Publications M[…]

  • Page 394: Symbol DS 6608

    […]

  • Page 395: Symbol DS 6608

    […]

  • Page 396: Symbol DS 6608

    72-67563-02 Revision A — June 2004[…]

Скачать

Страница из 396

DS 6608

Product Reference Guide

Symbol Technologies DS 6608 User Manual

DS 6608

Product Reference Guide

DS 6608

Product Reference Guide

72-67563-02

Revision A

June 2004

©2004 by Symbol Technologies, Inc. All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced or used in any form, or by any electrical or mechanical means, without permission in writing from Symbol. This includes electronic or mechanical means, such as photocopying, recording, or information storage and retrieval systems. The material in this manual is subject to change without notice.

The software is provided strictly on an “as is” basis. All software, including firmware, furnished to the user is on a licensed basis. Symbol grants to the user a non-transferable and non-exclusive license to use each software or firmware program delivered hereunder (licensed program). Except as noted below, such license may not be assigned, sublicensed, or otherwise transferred by the user without prior written consent of Symbol. No right to copy a licensed program in whole or in part is granted, except as permitted under copyright law. The user shall not modify, merge, or incorporate any form or portion of a licensed program with other program material, create a derivative work from a licensed program, or use a licensed program in a network without written permission from Symbol. The user agrees to maintain Symbol’s copyright notice on the licensed programs delivered hereunder and to include the same on any authorized copies it makes, in whole or in part. The user agrees not to decompile, disassemble, decode, or reverse engineer any licensed program delivered to the user or any portion thereof.

Symbol reserves the right to make changes to any software or product to improve reliability, function, or design.

Symbol does not assume any product liability arising out of, or in connection with, the application or use of any product, circuit, or application described herein.

No license is granted, either expressly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise under any Symbol Technologies, Inc., intellectual property rights. An implied license only exists for equipment, circuits and subsystems contained in Symbol products.

Symbol, Spectrum One and Spectrum24 are registered trademarks of Symbol Technologies, Inc. Other product names mentioned in this manual may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies and are hereby acknowledged.

Symbol Technologies, Inc.

One Symbol Plaza

Holtsville, New York 11742-1300

http://www.symbol.com

Contents

About This Guide

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xv Chapter Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xv Notational Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xv Related Publications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi

Symbol Support Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi

Chapter 1. Getting Started

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Unpacking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Setting Up the Digital Scanner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Installing the Interface Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Removing the Interface Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Connecting a Synapse Cable Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Connecting Power (if required) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Configuring the Digital Scanner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Mounting the Digital Scanner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Desk Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Wall Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

Chapter 2. Scanning

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Beeper Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

iv DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

LED Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5

Scanning in Hand-Held Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6

Scanning with the Digital Scanner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6

Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7

Scanning in Hands-Free Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8

Decode Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9

DS 6608 Standard Range Digital Scanner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9

DS 6608 High Density Digital Scanner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10

Chapter 3. Maintenance and Technical Specifications

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3

Technical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5

Digital Scanner Signal Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6

Chapter 4. User Preferences

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Scanning Sequence Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3 Errors While Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3 User Preferences Parameter Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4 User Preferences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5

Set Default Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5 Parameter Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5 Beeper Tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6 Beeper Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7 Power Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7 Time Delay to Low Power Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8 Trigger Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9 Decode Session Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10 Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10 Beep After Good Decode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11 Scanstand Session Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11

Chapter 5. Decoding Preferences

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Scanning Sequence Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3

Errors While Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3

Decoding Preferences Parameter Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4

Decoding Preferences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5

Decoding Illumination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5

Decode Aiming Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5

Chapter 6. Keyboard Wedge Interface

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Connecting a Keyboard Wedge Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3

Keyboard Wedge Parameter Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4

Contents v

Keyboard Wedge Host Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5 Keyboard Wedge Host Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5 Keyboard Wedge Country Types (Country Codes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6 Ignore Unknown Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8 Keystroke Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8 Intra-Keystroke Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9 Alternate Numeric Keypad Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9 Caps Lock On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10 Caps Lock Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10 Convert Wedge Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11 Function Key Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11 FN1 Substitution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12 Send Make and Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12 Keyboard Maps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13

ASCII Character Set for Keyboard Wedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15

Chapter 7. RS-232 Interface

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Connecting an RS-232 Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4 RS-232 Parameter Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5 RS-232 Host Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6 RS-232 Host Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8 Baud Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9 Parity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-11 Stop Bit Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12 Data Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12 Check Receive Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13 Hardware Handshaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-14 Hardware Handshaking (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15 Software Handshaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16 Host Serial Response Time-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17 RTS Line State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-18 Beep on <BEL> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-18 Intercharacter Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19 Nixdorf Beep/LED Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20 Ignore Unknown Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20 ASCII Character Set for RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-21

Chapter 8. USB Interface

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Connecting a USB Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3

USB Parameter Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4

USB Host Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5

USB Device Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5

USB Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6

USB Keystroke Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8

USB CAPS Lock Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8

vi DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

USB Ignore Unknown Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9 Emulate Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9 USB Keyboard FN 1 Substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Function Key Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Simulated Caps Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11 Convert Case. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

ASCII Character Set for USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12

Chapter 9. IBM 468X/469X Interface

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Connecting to an IBM 468X/469X Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3 IBM Parameter Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4 IBM 468X/469X Host Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5 Port Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5 Convert Unknown to Code 39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6

Chapter 10. Wand Emulation Interface

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Connecting Using Wand Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Wand Emulation Parameter Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-4 Wand Emulation Host Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5 Wand Emulation Host Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5 Leading Margin (Quiet Zone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6 Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6 Ignore Unknown Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8 Convert All Bar Codes to Code 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8 Convert Code 39 to Full ASCII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9

Chapter 11. Scanner Emulation Interface

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 Connecting Using Scanner Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-3 Scanner Emulation Parameter Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-4 Scanner Emulation Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-5 Scanner Emulation Host Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-5 Beep Style. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-5 Parameter Pass-Through . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-6 Convert Newer Code Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-7 Module Width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-8 Convert All Bar Codes to Code 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-8 Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-9 Transmission Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-9 Ignore Unknown Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-10 Leading Margin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-11 Check For Decode LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12

Chapter 12. 123 Scan

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3

Contents vii

Communication with 123Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-3 123Scan Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-3

Chapter 13. Symbologies

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Scanning Sequence Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-5 Errors While Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-5 Symbology Parameter Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-6 UPC/EAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-10

Enable/Disable UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-10 Enable/Disable UPC-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-10 Enable/Disable UPC-E1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-11 Enable/Disable EAN-8/JAN-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-11 Enable/Disable EAN-13/JAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-12 Enable/Disable Bookland EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-12 Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-13 UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-14 Transmit UPC-A Check Digit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-15 Transmit UPC-E Check Digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-15 Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-16 UPC-A Preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-16 UPC-E Preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-17 UPC-E1 Preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-18 Convert UPC-E to UPC-A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-18 Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-19 EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-19 UCC Coupon Extended Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-20

Code 128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-20 Enable/Disable Code 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-20 Enable/Disable UCC/EAN-128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-21 Enable/Disable ISBT 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-21 Code 39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-22 Enable/Disable Trioptic Code 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-22 Convert Code 39 to Code 32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-23 Code 32 Prefix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-23 Set Lengths for Code 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-24 Code 39 Check Digit Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-25 Transmit Code 39 Check Digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-26 Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-26 Code 39 Buffering (Scan & Store) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-27

Code 93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-29 Enable/Disable Code 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-29 Set Lengths for Code 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-30

Code 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-31 Code 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-31 Set Lengths for Code 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-32 Code 11 Check Digit Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-33

viii DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

Transmit Code 11 Check Digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-34 Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-34 Enable/Disable Interleaved 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-34 Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-35 I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-36 Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-37 Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-37

Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-38 Enable/Disable Discrete 2 of 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-38 Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-38

Codabar (NW — 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-39 Enable/Disable Codabar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-39 Set Lengths for Codabar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-40 CLSI Editing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-41 NOTIS Editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-41

MSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-42 Enable/Disable MSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-42 Set Lengths for MSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-42 MSI Check Digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-43 Transmit MSI Check Digit(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-44 MSI Check Digit Algorithm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-44

Postal Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-45 US Postnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-45 US Planet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-45 UK Postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-46 Transmit UK Postal Check Digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-46 Japan Postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-47 Australian Postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-47 Dutch Postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-48 Transmit US Postal Check Digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-48

RSS (Reduced Space Symbology). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-49 RSS-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-49 RSS Limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-49 RSS Expanded. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-50 Convert RSS to UPC/EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-50

Composite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-51 Composite CC-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-51 Composite CC-A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-51 Composite TLC-39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-52 UPC Composite Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-53 Composite Beep Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-54 UCC/EAN Code 128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-54

2D Symbologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-55 Enable/Disable PDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-55 Enable/Disable MicroPDF417. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-55 Code 128 Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-56 Data Matrix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-57 Maxicode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-57

Contents ix

QR Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-58

Redundancy Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-59

Security Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-61

Intercharacter Gap Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-62

Report Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-62

Macro PDF Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-63

Flush Macro Buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-63

Abort Macro PDF Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-63

Chapter 14. Miscellaneous Scanner Options

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3

Scanning Sequence Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3

Errors While Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3

Miscellaneous Scanner Parameter Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-4

Miscellaneous Scanner Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5

Transmit Code ID Character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5

Prefix/Suffix Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-6

Scan Data Transmission Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-7

FN1 Substitution Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-8

Transmit “No Read” Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-9

Synapse Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-10

Chapter 15. Advanced Data Formatting

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3 Rules: Criteria Linked to Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-3 Using ADF Bar Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-4 ADF Bar Code Menu Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-4 Rule 1: The Code 128 Scanning Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-5 Rule 2: The UPC Scanning Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-5 Alternate Rule Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-5 Rules Hierarchy (in Bar Codes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-6 Default Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-7 Special Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-8 Pause Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-8 Begin New Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-8 Save Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-8 Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-9 Quit Entering Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-9 Disable Rule Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-10 Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-11 Code Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-11 Code Lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-17 Message Containing A Specific Data String . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-22 Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-27 Send Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-27 Setup Field(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-30 Modify Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-36

x DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

Pad Data with Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-37 Pad Data with Zeros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-41 Beeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-46 Send Keystroke (Control Characters and Keyboard Characters) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-46 Send Right Control Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-82 Send Graphic User Interface (GUI) Characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-83 Turn On/Off Rule Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-88

Alphanumeric Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-90

Appendix A. Standard Default Parameters

Appendix B. Programming Reference

Symbol Code Identifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3

AIM Code Identifiers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4

Appendix C. Sample Bar Codes

Code 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3

UPC/EAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3

UPC-A, 100 % . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3

EAN-13, 100 % . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3

Code 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3

Interleaved 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4

RSS 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4

PDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4

Data Matrix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4

Maxicode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-5

QR Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-5

US Postnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-5

UK Postal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-5

Appendix D. Numeric Bar Codes

Numeric Bar Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-3

Cancel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-4

Appendix E. ASCII Character Sets

Glossary

Index

About This Guide

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xv Chapter Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xv Notational Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xv Related Publications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi

Symbol Support Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi

xiv DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

xv

Introduction

The DS 6608 Product Reference Guide provides general instructions for setting up, operating, maintaining, and troubleshooting the DS 6608 Standard Range and DS 6608 High Density digital scanners.

Chapter Descriptions

Chapter 1, Getting Started provides a product overview, unpacking instructions, and cable connection information.

Chapter 2, Scanning describes parts of the digital scanner, beeper and LED definitions, and how to use the digital scanner in hand-held and hands-free modes.

Chapter 3, Maintenance and Technical Specifications provides information on how to care for the digital scanner, troubleshooting, and technical specifications.

Chapter 4, User Preferences provides programming bar codes for selecting user preference features for the digital scanner.

Chapter 5, Decoding Preferences provides programming bar codes for selecting digital scanner preference features.

Chapter 6, Keyboard Wedge Interface describes how to set up a Keyboard Wedge interface with the digital scanner.

Chapter 7, RS-232 Interface describes how to set up the digital scanner with an RS-232 host, such as point-of-sale devices, host computers, or other devices with an available RS-232 port.

Chapter 8, USB Interface describes how to set up the digital scanner with a USB host.

Chapter 9, IBM 468X/469X Interface describes how to set up the digital scanner with IBM 468X/469X POS systems.

Chapter 10, Wand Emulation Interface describes how to set up the digital scanner with a Wand Emulation host when Wand Emulation communication is needed.

Chapter 11, Scanner Emulation Interface describes how to set up the digital scanner with an Undecoded Scanner Emulation host.

Chapter 12, 123 Scan describes the 123Scan PC-based scanner configuration tool, and provides the bar code to scan to communicate with the 123Scan program.

Chapter 13, Symbologies describes all symbology features and provides the programming bar codes necessary for selecting these features for the digital scanner.

Chapter 14, Miscellaneous Scanner Options includes commonly used bar codes to customize how data is transmitted to the host device.

Chapter 15, Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) describes how to customize scanned data before transmitting to the host.

Chapter A, Standard Default Parameters provides a table of all host devices and miscellaneous scanner defaults.

Chapter B, Programming Reference provides a table of AIM code identifiers, ASCII character conversions, and keyboard maps.

Chapter C, Sample Bar Codes includes sample bar codes.

Chapter D, Numeric Bar Codes includes the numeric bar codes to scan for parameters requiring specific numeric values.

Chapter E, ASCII Character Sets provides ASCII character value tables.

Notational Conventions

The following conventions are used in this document:

Bullets (•) indicate:

action items

lists of alternatives

lists of required steps that are not necessarily sequential.

Sequential lists (e.g., those that describe step-by-step procedures) appear as numbered lists.

xviDS 6608 Product Reference Guide

Throughout the programming bar code menus, asterisks (*) are used to denote default parameter settings.

* Indicates Default *Baud Rate 9600 Feature/Option

Related Publications

The DS 6608 Quick Start Guide, p/n 72-67311-xx, provides general information for getting started with the digital scanner, and includes basic set up and operation instructions.

For the latest versions of the DS 6608 Quick Start Guide and Product Reference Guide go to:

http://www.symbol.com/manuals.

Service Information

If you have a problem with your equipment, contact the Symbol Support Center for your region. See page xvi for contact information. Before calling, have the model number, serial number, and several of your bar code symbols at hand.

Call the Support Center from a phone near the scanning equipment so that the service person can try to talk you through your problem. If the equipment is found to be working properly and the problem is symbol readability, the Support Center will request samples of your bar codes for analysis at our plant.

If your problem cannot be solved over the phone, you may need to return your equipment for servicing. If that is necessary, you will be given specific directions.

Symbol Technologies is not responsible for any damages incurred during shipment if the approved shipping

Note

container is not used. Shipping the units improperly can possibly void the warranty. If the original shipping

container was not kept, contact Symbol to have another sent to you.

Symbol Support Center

For service information, warranty information, or technical assistance contact or call the Symbol Support Center in:

United States

Canada

Symbol Technologies, Inc.

Symbol Technologies Canada, Inc.

One Symbol Plaza

2540 Matheson Boulevard East

Holtsville, New York 11742-1300

Mississauga, Ontario, Canada L4W 4Z2

1-800-653-5350

905-629-7226

United Kingdom

Asia/Pacific

Symbol Technologies

Symbol Technologies Asia, Inc (Singapore Branch)

Symbol Place

230 Victoria Street #05-07/09

Winnersh Triangle, Berkshire RG41 5TP

Bugis Junction Office Tower

United Kingdom

Singapore 188024

0800 328 2424 (Inside UK)

Tel : +65-6796-9600

+44 118 945 7529 (Outside UK)

Fax : +65-6337-6488

xvii

Australia

Austria/Österreich

Symbol Technologies Pty. Ltd.

Symbol Technologies Austria GmbH

432 St. Kilda Road

Prinz-Eugen Strasse 70 / 2.Haus

Melbourne, Victoria 3004

1040 Vienna, Austria

1-800-672-906 (Inside Australia)

01-5055794-0 (Inside Austria)

+61-3-9866-6044 (Outside Australia)

+43-1-5055794-0 (Outside Austria)

Denmark/Danmark

Symbol Technologies AS

Dr. Neergaardsvej 3

2970 Hørsholm

Europe/Mid-East Distributor Operations

7020-1718 (Inside Denmark)

Contact your local distributor or call

+45-7020-1718 (Outside Denmark)

+44 118 945 7360

France

Finland/Suomi

Symbol Technologies France

Oy Symbol Technologies

Centre d’Affaire d’Antony

Kaupintie 8 A 6

3 Rue de la Renaissance

FIN-00440 Helsinki, Finland

92184 Antony Cedex, France

9 5407 580 (Inside Finland)

01-40-96-52-21 (Inside France)

+358 9 5407 580 (Outside Finland)

+33-1-40-96-52-50 (Outside France)

Italy/Italia

Germany/Deutchland

Symbol Technologies Italia S.R.L.

Symbol Technologies GmbH

Via Cristoforo Columbo, 49

Waldstrasse 66

20090 Trezzano S/N Navigilo

D-63128 Dietzenbach, Germany

Milano, Italy

6074-49020 (Inside Germany)

2-484441 (Inside Italy)

+49-6074-49020 (Outside Germany)

+39-02-484441 (Outside Italy)

Mexico/México

Symbol Technologies Mexico Ltd.

Latin America Sales Support

Torre Picasso

2730 University Dr.

Boulevard Manuel Avila Camacho No 88

Coral Springs, FL 33065 USA

Lomas de Chapultepec CP 11000

1-800-347-0178 (Inside United States)

Mexico City, DF, Mexico

+1-954-255-2610 (Outside United States)

5-520-1835 (Inside Mexico)

954-340-9454 (Fax)

+52-5-520-1835 (Outside Mexico)

Norway/Norge

Symbol’s registered and mailing address:

Symbol Technologies Norway

Hoybratenveien 35 C

N-1055 OSLO, Norway

Netherlands/Nederland

Symbol Technologies

Symbol’s repair depot and shipping address:

Kerkplein 2, 7051 CX

Symbol Technologies Norway

Postbus 24 7050 AA

Enebakkveien 123

Varsseveld, Netherlands

N-0680 OSLO, Norway

315-271700 (Inside Netherlands)

+31-315-271700 (Outside Netherlands)

+47 2232 4375

xviii DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

South Africa

Spain/España

Symbol Technologies Africa Inc.

Symbol Technologies S.L.

Block B2

Avenida de Bruselas, 22

Rutherford Estate

Edificio Sauce

1 Scott Street

Alcobendas, Madrid 28108

Waverly 2090 Johannesburg

Spain

Republic of South Africa

91 324 40 00 (Inside Spain)

11-809 5311 (Inside South Africa)

+34 91 324 40 00 (Outside Spain)

+27-11-809 5311 (Outside South Africa)

Fax: +34.91.324.4010

Sweden/Sverige

“Letter” address:

Symbol Technologies AB

Box 1354

S-171 26 SOLNA

Sweden

Visit/shipping address:

Symbol Technologies AB

Solna Strandväg 78

S-171 54 SOLNA

Sweden

Switchboard: 08 445 29 00 (domestic)

Call Center: +46 8 445 29 29 (international)

Support E-Mail: Sweden.Support@se.symbol.com

If you purchased your Symbol product from a Symbol Business Partner, contact that Business Partner for service.

Getting Started

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Unpacking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Setting Up the Digital Scanner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Installing the Interface Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Removing the Interface Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Connecting a Synapse Cable Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Connecting Power (if required) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Configuring the Digital Scanner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Mounting the Digital Scanner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Desk Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Wall Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

1-2 DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

Getting Started 1-3

Introduction

The DS 6608 combines superior 1D and 2D omnidirectional bar code scanning and advanced ergonomics to provide the best value in a digital scanner. Whether in hand-held mode or hands-free mode in a stand, the digital scanner ensures comfort and ease of use for extended periods of time.

Figure 1-1. DS 6608 Digital Scanner

The digital scanner supports:

Keyboard Wedge connection to a host. The host interprets scanned data as keystrokes. This interface supports the following international keyboards (for Windows® environment): North America, German, French, French Canadian, Spanish, Italian, Swedish, UK English, Portuguese-Brazilian, and Japanese.

Standard RS-232 connection to a host. Scan bar code menus to set up proper communication of the digital scanner with the host.

USB connection to a host. The digital scanner autodetects a USB host and defaults to the HID keyboard interface type. Select

other USB interface types by scanning programming bar code menus.This interface supports the following international keyboards (for Windows® environment): North America, German, French, French Canadian, Spanish, Italian, Swedish, UK English, Portuguese-Brazilian, and Japanese.

Connection to IBM 468X/469X hosts. Scan bar code menus to set up communication of the digital scanner with the IBM terminal.

Wand Emulation connection to a host. The digital scanner is connected to a portable data terminal, a controller, or host which collects the data as wand data and decodes it.

Scanner Emulation connection to a host. The digital scanner is connected to a portable data terminal, a controller which collects the data and interprets it for the host.

Synapse capability which allows connection to a wide variety of host systems using a Synapse and Synapse adapter cable. The digital scanner autodetects the host.

Configuration via 123Scan.

Unpacking

Remove the digital scanner from its packing and inspect it for damage. If the digital scanner was damaged in transit, call the Symbol Support Center at one of the telephone numbers listed on page xvi. KEEP THE PACKING. It is the approved shipping container; use this to return the equipment for servicing.

1-4 DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

Setting Up the Digital Scanner

Installing the Interface Cable

1.Plug the interface cable modular connector into the cable interface port on the bottom of the scanner handle. (See Figure 1- 2.)

2.Gently tug the cable to ensure the connector is properly secured.

3.Connect the other end of the interface cable to the host (see the specific host chapter for information on host connections).

Clip

Cable interface port

Interface cable modular connector

To host

Figure 1-2. Installing the Cable

Different cables are required for different hosts. The connectors illustrated in each host chapter are

Note

examples only. Connectors vary from those illustrated, but the steps to connect the digital scanner remain

the same.

Removing the Interface Cable

1. Using the tip of a screwdriver, depress the cable’s modular connector clip.

Figure 1-3. Removing the Cable

2.Carefully slide out the cable.

3.Follow the steps for Installing the Interface Cable on page 1-4 to connect a new cable.

Getting Started 1-5

Connecting a Synapse Cable Interface

Refer to the Synapse Interface Guide provided with the Synapse cable for detailed setup instructions.

Note

Symbol’s Synapse Smart Cables enable interfacing to a variety of hosts. The Synapse cable has built-in intelligence to detect that host.

To host

Synapse Adapter Cable

Synapse Smart Cable

To digital scanner

Figure 1-4. Synapse Cable Connection

1.Plug the Synapse adapter cable (p/n 25-32463-xx) into the bottom of the digital scanner, as described in Installing the Interface Cable on page 1-4.

2.Align the ‘S’ on the Synapse adapter cable with the ‘S’ on the Synapse Smart Cable and plug the cable in.

3.Connect the other end of the Synapse Smart Cable to the host.

Connecting Power (if required)

If the host does not provide power to the digital scanner, connect an external power supply to the digital scanner:

1.Connect the interface cable to the bottom of the digital scanner, as described in Installing the Interface Cable on page 1-4.

2.Connect the other end of the interface cable to the host (refer to the host manual to locate the correct port).

3.Plug the power supply into the power jack on the interface cable. Plug the other end of the power supply into an AC outlet.

Configuring the Digital Scanner

To configure the digital scanner, use the bar codes included in this manual, or the 123Scan configuration program.

See Chapter 4, User Preferences for information about programming the digital scanner using bar code menus. Also see each hostspecific chapter to set up connection to a specific host type.

See Chapter 12, 123 Scan to configure the digital scanner using this configuration program. A help file is available in the program.

1-6 DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

Mounting the Digital Scanner

Desk Mount

Use the optional desk mount for convenient and protective placement of the digital scanner on a flat surface. Simply place the mount on the surface. The rubber feet hold the mount securely in place when inserting and removing the digital scanner.

Figure 1-5. Inserting the Digital Scanner in the Desk Mount

The desk mount can also be secured to a desk surface by inserting two screws* appropriate for the mounting surface through the screw holes of the desk mount, and into the surface. The desk mount can be screwed onto the surface with or without the rubber feet.

*The recommended screws are two #6 screws (5/8” long).

Wall Mount

To use the optional wall mount to mount the digital scanner on a wall, place the mount in the desired location on the wall and secure by inserting two screws* appropriate for the mounting surface through the screw holes on the mount, and into the surface. Insert the digital scanner into the mount as shown.

Figure 1-6. Securing the Wall Mount

*The recommended screws are two #6 screws (1” long) and two #6 washers.

Getting Started 1-7

For convenience, print this page and use the template below for mounting hole locations.

Insert mounting screw

Insert mounting screw

2.98”

Figure 1-7. Wall Mounting Template

1-8 DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

Scanning

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Beeper Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

LED Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Scanning in Hand-Held Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Scanning with the Digital Scanner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Scanning in Hands-Free Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Decode Zones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

DS 6608 Standard Range Digital Scanner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

DS 6608 High Density Digital Scanner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

2-2 DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

Scanning 2-3

Introduction

This chapter provides beeper and LED definitions, techniques involved in scanning bar codes, general instructions and tips about scanning, and decode zone diagrams.

LED

Beeper

Scan Window

Trigger

Figure 2-1. Parts

2-4 DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

Beeper Definitions

The digital scanner issues different beep sequences and patterns to indicate status. Table 2-1 defines beep sequences that occur during both normal scanning and while programming the digital scanner.

Table 2-1. Beeper Definitions

Beeper Sequence

Indication

Standard Use

Low/medium/high beeps

Power up.

Short high beep

A bar code symbol was decoded (if decode beeper is enabled).

4 long low beeps

A transmission error was detected in a scanned symbol. The data is ignored. This occurs if the digital scanner is not

properly configured. Check option setting.

5 low beeps

Conversion or format error.

Lo/hi/lo beeps

ADF transmit error. See Chapter 15, Advanced Data Formatting.

Hi/hi/hi/lo beeps

RS-232 receive error.

Parameter Menu Scanning

Short high beep

Correct entry scanned or correct menu sequence performed.

Lo/hi beeps

Input error; incorrect bar code, programming sequence, or Cancel scanned;

remain in ADF program mode.

Hi/lo beeps

Keyboard parameter selected. Enter value using numeric bar codes.

Hi/lo/hi/lo beeps

Successful program exit with change in parameter setting.

Low/hi/low/hi beeps

Out of host parameter storage space. Scan Set Default Parameter on page 4-5.

Code 39 Buffering

Hi/lo beeps

New Code 39 data was entered into the buffer.

3 long high beeps

Code 39 buffer is full.

Lo/hi/lo beeps

The Code 39 buffer was erased or there was an attempt to clear or transmit an empty buffer.

Lo/hi beeps

A successful transmission of buffered data.

Macro PDF

2 long low beeps

File ID error. A bar code not in the current MPDF sequence was scanned.

3 long low beeps

Out of memory. There is not enough buffer space to store the current MPDF symbol.

4 long low beeps

Bad symbology. Scanned a 1D or 2D bar code in a MPDF sequence, a duplicate MPDF label, a label in an incorrect order,

or trying to transmit an empty or illegal MPDF field.

5 long low beeps

Flushing MPDF buffer.

Fast warble beep

Aborting MPDF sequence.

Lo/Hi beeps

Flushing an already empty MPDF buffer.

ADF Programming: Normal Data Entry. Duration of tones are short.

Hi/Lo beeps

Enter another digit. Add leading zeros to the front if necessary.

Lo/Lo beeps

Enter another alphabetic character or scan the End of Message bar code.

Hi/Hi beeps

Enter another criterion or action, or scan the Save Rule bar code.

Hi/Lo/Hi/Lo beeps

Rule saved. Rule entry mode exited.

Hi/Lo/Lo beeps

All criteria or actions cleared for current rule, continue entering rule.

Scanning 2-5

Table 2-1. Beeper Definitions (Continued)

Beeper Sequence

Indication

Low beep

Delete last saved rule. The current rule is left intact.

Lo/Hi/Hi beeps

All rules are deleted.

ADF Programming: Error Indications. Duration of tones are very long.

Lo/Hi/Lo/Hi beeps

Out of rule memory. Erase some existing rules, then try to save rule again. (It is not necessary to re-enter the current

rule.)

Lo/Hi/Lo beeps

Cancel rule entry. Rule entry mode exited because of an error or the user asked to exit rule entry.

Lo/Hi beeps

Entry error, wrong bar code scanned. Re-enter criterion or action. All previously entered criteria and actions are

retained. Criteria or action list is too long for a rule.

Host Specific

USB only

4 short high beeps

Digital scannerer has not completed initialization. Wait several seconds and scan again.

Low/medium/high beeps upon

Communication with the bus must be established before the digital scanner can operate at the highest power level.

scanning a USB device type

Low/medium/high beeps occur

The USB bus can put the digital scanner in a state where power to the digital scanner is cycled on and off more than

more than once.

once. This is normal and usually happens when the PC cold boots.

RS-232 only

1 short high beep

A <BEL> character is received and Beep on <BEL> is enabled.

LED Definitions

In addition to beep sequences, the digital scanner uses a two-color LED to indicate status. Table 2-2 defines LED colors that display during scanning.

Table 2-2. Standard LED Definitions

LED

Indication

Off

No power is applied to the digital scanner, or the digital scanner is on and ready to scan.

Green

A bar code was successfully decoded.

Red

A data transmission error or digital scanner malfunction occurred.

2-6 DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

Scanning in Hand-Held Mode

Install and program the digital scanner (see Setting Up the Digital Scanner on page 1-4). For assistance, contact the local supplier or the local Symbol Support Center.

Scanning with the Digital Scanner

1.Ensure all connections are secure (see the appropriate host chapter.)

2.Aim the digital scanner at the bar code.

3.Press and hold the trigger.

Figure 2-2. Scanning in Hand-Held Mode

4.The digital scanner projects a red laser aiming pattern (shown below) which allows positioning the bar code or object within the field of view.

Figure 2-3. Laser Aiming Pattern

If necessary, the digital scanner turns on its red LEDs to illuminate the target bar code.

5.Center the symbol in any orientation within the aiming pattern. Be sure the entire symbol is within the rectangular area formed by the brackets in the pattern.

Linear1D barbarcodecode

2D bar code

PDF417 symbol

Symbol

Aiming Pattern

Figure 2-4. Centering Symbol in Aiming Pattern

Scanning 2-7

6.Hold the trigger until the digital scanner beeps, indicating the bar code is successfully decoded. For more information on beeper and LED definitions, see Table 2-1 and Table 2-2.

This process usually occurs instantaneously. Steps 2 — 4 are repeated on poor quality or difficult bar codes, until the bar code is decoded, the trigger is released, or the Decode Session Timeout is reached.

Aiming

Hold the digital scanner between two and nine inches (depending on symbol density; see Decode Zones on page 2-9) from the symbol, centering the aiming pattern cross hairs on the symbol.

The aiming pattern is smaller when the digital scanner is closer to the symbol and larger when it is farther from the symbol. Scan symbols with smaller bars or elements (mil size) closer to the digital scanner, and those with larger bars or elements (mil size) farther from the digital scanner.

The digital scanner can also read a bar code presented within the aiming pattern but not centered. The top examples in Figure 2-5 show acceptable aiming options, while the bottom examples can not be decoded.

0 1 2 3 4 5

0 1 2 3 4 5

0 1 2 3 4 5

0 1 2 3 4 5

Figure 2-5. Acceptable and Incorrect Aiming

2-8 DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

Scanning in Hands-Free Mode

The optional Intellistand adds greater flexibility to scanning operation. When the digital scanner is seated in the stand’s “cup,” the digital scanner’s built-in sensor places the digital scanner in hands-free mode. When the digital scanner is removed from the stand it operates in its normal hand-held mode.

Angle Adjustment Knob

Scanner Holder

(Cup)

Height Adjustment Knob

Figure 2-6. Inserting the Digital Scanner in the Intellistand

To operate the digital scanner in the IntelliStand:

1.Ensure the digital scanner is properly connected to the host (see the appropriate host chapter for information on host connections).

2.Insert the digital scanner in the Intellistand by placing the front of the digital scanner into the stand’s “cup” (see Figure 2-6).

3.Use the Intellistand’s adjustment knobs to adjust the height and angle of the digital scanner.

4.Center the symbol in the aiming pattern. The entire symbol must be within the brackets.

5.Upon successful decode, the digital scanner beeps and the LED turns green. For more information on beeper and LED definitions, see Table 2-1 and Table 2-2.

Scanning 2-9

Decode Zones

DS 6608 Standard Range Digital Scanner

Note: Typical performance at 68˚F (20˚C) on high quality symbols.

Top of scanner

5 mil Code 39

2.8 5.8

Postnet

2.6 12.5

100% 13 mil UPC

0.6 14.0

20 mil Code 39

1.0 21.0

In.

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

cm

0

5.1

10.1

15.2

20.3

25.4

30.5

35.6

40.6

45.7

50.8

55.9

Depth of Field

In.

cm

W

6

15.2

i

d

4

10.1

t

h

2

5.1

o

0

0

f

2

5.1

F

4

10.1

i

e

6

15.2

l

d

Figure 2-7. DS 6608 Standard Range Digital Scanner Decode Zone for 1D Bar Codes

Note: Typical performance at 68˚F (20˚C) on high quality symbols.

Top of scanner

6.6mil PDF417

3.4 5.7

10 mil QR Code

2.6 6.8

10 mil MicroPDF

2.3 7.5

10 mil Data Matrix

2.3 8.0

10 mil PDF417

2.1 8.9

In.

1.5

35 mil Maxicode

12.8

cm

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

0

5.1

10.1

15.2

20.3

25.4

30.5

35.6

Depth of Field

In.

cm

W

3

7.6

i

d

2

5.1

t

h

1

2.5

o

0

0

f

1

2.5

F

i

2

5.1

e

l

3

7.6

d

Figure 2-8. DS 6608 Standard Range Digital Scanner Decode Zone for 2D Bar Codes

2-10 DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

DS 6608 High Density Digital Scanner

Note: Typical performance at 68˚F (20˚C) on high quality symbols.

Top of scanner

W

In.

cm

i

2

5.1

d

t

1

2.5

h

o

0

0

f

1

2.5

F

5 mil Code 39

i

1.1

4.8

e

0.5

100% 13 mil UPC

2

5.1

l

7.0

d

10 mil Code 39

0.3

7.3

Postnet

2.4

7.4

0

2

In.

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

cm

0

2.5

5.1

7.6

10.1

12.7

15.2

17.8

20.3

Depth of Field

Figure 2-9. DS 6608 High Density Digital Scanner Decode Zone for 1D Bar Codes

Note: Typical performance at 68˚F (20˚C) on high quality symbols.

Top of scanner

5 mil PDF417

1.9 3.6

6.6mil PDF417

1.5 4.5

10 mil QR Code

1.4 5.1

10 mil MicroPDF

1.1 5.1

10 mil Data Matrix

1.0 5.1

1.1

10 mil PDF417

5.3

0.6

35 mil Maxicode

7.8

In.

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

cm

0

2.5

5.1

7.6

10.1

12.7

15.2

17.8

20.3

Depth of Field

W

In.

cm

i

2

5.1

d

t

1

2.5

h

o

0

0

f

1

2.5

F

i

e

2

5.1

l

d

Figure 2-10. DS 6608 High Density Digital Scanner Decode Zone for 2D Bar Codes

Maintenance and Technical

Specifications

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Digital Scanner Signal Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

3-2 DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

Maintenance and Technical Specifications 3-3

Introduction

This chapter provides suggested scanner maintenance, troubleshooting, technical specifications, and signal descriptions (pinouts).

Maintenance

Cleaning the scan window is the only maintenance required. A dirty window can affect scanning accuracy.

Do not allow abrasive material to touch the window.

Remove any dirt particles with a damp cloth.

Wipe the window using a tissue moistened with ammonia/water.

Do not spray water or other cleaning liquids directly into the window.

Troubleshooting

Table 3-1. Troubleshooting

Problem

Possible Causes

Possible Solutions

The aiming pattern does not appear when pressing

No power to the digital scanner.

If the configuration requires a power supply,

the trigger.

re-connect the power supply.

Incorrect host interface cable is used.

Connect the correct host interface cable.

Interface/power cables are loose.

Re-connect cables.

Digital scanner is disabled.

For Synapse or IBM 468x mode, enable the digital

scanner via the host interface. Otherwise, see the

technical person in charge of scanning.

If using RS-232 Nixdorf B mode, CTS is not asserted.

Assert CTS line.

Aiming pattern is disabled.

Enable the aiming pattern. See Decode Aiming

Pattern on page 5-5.

Scanner emits short low/short medium/short high

The USB bus may put the digital scanner in a state

Normal during host reset.

beep sequence (power-up beep sequence) more than

where power to the digital scanner is cycled on and

once.

off more than once.

Digital scanner emits aiming pattern, but does not

Digital scanner is not programmed for the correct bar

Program the digital scanner to read that type of bar

decode the bar code.

code type.

code. See Chapter 13, Symbologies.

Bar code symbol is unreadable.

Scan test symbols of the same bar code type to

determine if the bar code is defaced.

The symbol is not completely inside aiming pattern.

Move the symbol completely within the aiming

pattern.

Digital scanner emits 4 short high beeps during

Digital scanner has not completed USB initialization.

Wait several seconds and scan again.

decode attempt.

3-4 DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

Table 3-1. Troubleshooting (Continued)

Problem

Possible Causes

Possible Solutions

Digital scanner decodes bar code, but does not

Digital scanner is not programmed for the correct

Scan the appropriate host type programming bar

transmit the data to the host.

host type.

code. See the chapter corresponding to the host

type.

Interface cable is loose.

Re-connect the cable.

If 4 long low beeps are heard, a transmission error

Set the digital scanner’s communication parameters

occurred.

to match the host’s setting.

If 5 low beeps are heard, a conversion or format error

Configure the digital scanner’s conversion

occurred.

parameters properly.

If lo/hi/lo beeps are heard, an invalid ADF rule is

Program the correct ADF rules.

detected.

If hi/lo beeps are heard, the digital scanner is

Normal scanning a Code 39 bar code and the Code

buffering Code 39 data.

39 Buffering option is enabled.

Host displays scanned data incorrectly.

Digital scanner is not programmed to work with the

Scan the appropriate host type programming bar

host.

code.

For RS-232, set the digital scanner’s communication

parameters to match the host’s settings.

For a Keyboard Wedge configuration, program the

system for the correct keyboard type, and turn off the

CAPS LOCK key.

Program the proper editing options (e.g., UPC-E to

UPC-A Conversion).

Digital scanner emits hi/hi/hi/Lo beeps when not in

RS-232 receive error.

Normal during host reset. Otherwise, set the digital

use.

scanner’s RS-232 parity to match the host setting.

Digital scanner emits lo/hi beeps during

Input error or Cancel bar code was scanned.

Scan the correct numeric bar codes within range for

programming.

the parameter programmed.

Digital scanner emits lo/hi/lo/hi beeps during

Out of ADF parameter storage space.

Erase all rules and re-program with shorter rules.

programming.

Out of Synapse parameter storage space.

Scan Set Synapse Defaults bar code for cables no

longer in use and re-program the digital scanner for

the current host interface.

Digital scanner emits lo/hi/lo beeps.

Clearing Code 39 buffer.

Normal when scanning the Code 39 Buffering Clear

Buffer bar code or upon attempt to transmit an

empty Code 39 buffer.

Digital scanner emits a power-up beep after

The USB bus re-established power to the digital

Normal when changing USB host type.

changing USB host type.

scanner.

Digital scanner emits one high beep when not in use.

In RS-232 mode, a <BEL> character was received

Normal when Beep on <BEL> is enabled and the

and Beep on <BEL> option is enabled.

digital scanner is in RS-232 mode.

If after performing these checks the digital scanner still experiences problems, contact the distributor or call the local Symbol Support Center. See page xvi for the telephone numbers.

Note

Maintenance and Technical Specifications 3-5

Technical Specifications

Table 3-2. Technical Specifications

Item

Description

Power Requirements

5 VDC + / — 10% @ approximately 220 mA RMS (nominal), 500 mA (max)

Depending on host:

Power Source

• Host powered

• External power supply, 5.2 V nominal

UPC/EAN, UPC/EAN with supplementals, UCC/EAN, JAN 8 & 13, 128, Code 39, Code 39 Full ASCII, Code 39 Trioptic,

Decode Capability

Codabar (NW7), Interleaved 2 of 5, Discrete 2 of 5, IATA 2 of 5, Code 128, Code 93, MSI, Code 11, Code 32, Coupon

Code, Bookland EAN, RSS, US Postnet, US Planet,UK Postal, Japan Postal, Australia Postal, Dutch Postal, Composite

Codes, PDF417, MicroPDF, Maxicode, Data Matrix (ECC 200), QR Code.

Beeper Operation

User-selectable: enable, disable

Beeper Volume

User-selectable: three levels

Beeper Tone

User-selectable: three tones

Yaw Tolerance

± 50° from normal

Pitch Tolerance

± 60° from normal

Roll Tolerance

± 180° from normal

Print Contrast Minimum

25% minimum reflectance differential, measured at 650 nm.

Ambient Light Immunity

10,000 Ft Candles (107,600 Lux)

Durability

6 ft (1.8 m) drop to concrete

Operating Temperature

32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)

Storage Temperature

-40° to 158° F (-40° to 70° C)

Humidity

5% to 95% (non-condensing)

Weight (without cable)

6.4 oz. (181.4 g)

Dimensions:

Height

6.55 in. (16.64 cm)

Width

2.82 in. (7.16 cm)

Depth

4.72 in. (11.99 cm)

Laser

650nm laser diode

Laser Classifications

IEC 825-1 Class 2

ESD

15 kV area discharge

8 kV contact discharge

Minimum Element Width

5 mil (0.127 mm)

Interfaces Supported

RS-232, Keyboard Wedge, Wand Emulation, Scanner Emulation, IBM 468X/469X, USB, Synapse

Electrical Safety

UL1950, CSA C22.2 No.950. EN60950/IC950

Input Transient Protection

IEC 1000-4-(2,3,4,5,6,11)

EMI

FCC Part 15 Class B, ICES-003 Class B European Union EMC Directive,

Japan VCCI/MITI/Dentori

3-6 DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

Digital Scanner Signal Descriptions

Bottom of digital scanner

Cable interface port

Pin 10 Pin 1

Interface cable modular connector

Figure 3-1. Digital Scanner Cable Pinouts

The signal descriptions in Table 3-3 apply to the connector on the digital scanner and are for reference only.

Table 3-3. Digital Scanner Signal Pin-outs

Scanner

Pin

IBM

Synapse

RS-232

Keyboard Wedge

Wand

USB

Emulation

1

Reserved

SynClock

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Jump to Pin 6

DBP

2

Power

Power

Power

Power

Power

Power

Power

3

Ground

Ground

Ground

Ground

Ground

Ground

Ground

4

IBM_A(+)

Reserved

TxD

KeyClock

DBP

Reserved

SOS

5

Reserved

Reserved

RxD

TermData

CTS

D +

Decode

6

IBM_B(-)

SynData

RTS

KeyData

RTS

Jump to Pin 1

Trigger

7

Reserved

Reserved

CTS

TermClock

Reserved

D —

Enable

8

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

9

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

10

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

User Preferences

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Scanning Sequence Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Errors While Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 User Preferences Parameter Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 User Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Set Default Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Parameter Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Beeper Tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Beeper Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Power Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Time Delay to Low Power Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Trigger Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Decode Session Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Beep After Good Decode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Scanstand Session Timeout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

4-2 DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

User Preferences 4-3

Introduction

If desired, program the digital scanner to perform various functions, or activate different features. This chapter describes each user preference feature and provides the programming bar codes necessary for selecting these features.

The digital scanner ships with the settings shown in the Table 4-1 on page 4-4 (also see Appendix A, Standard Default Parameters for all host device and miscellaneous defaults). If the default values suit requirements, programming is not necessary.

To set feature values, scan a single bar code or a short bar code sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when the digital scanner is powered down.

Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen. When scanning from the

Note

screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where the bar code can be seen clearly, and

bars and/or spaces are not merging.

If not using a Synapse or USB cable, select a host type (see each host chapter for specific host information) after the power-up beeps sound. This is only necessary upon the first power-up when connected to a new host.

To return all features to default values, scan the *Set All Defaults on page 4-5. Throughout the programming bar code menus, default values are indicated with asterisks (*).

* Indicates Default *High Volume Feature/Option

Scanning Sequence Examples

In most cases, scanning one bar code sets the parameter value. For example, to set the beeper tone to high, scan the High Frequency (beeper tone) bar code listed under Beeper Tone on page 4-6. The digital scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green, signifying a successful parameter entry.

Other parameters, such as Serial Response Time-Out or Data Transmission Formats, require scanning several bar codes. See these parameter descriptions for this procedure.

Errors While Scanning

Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct parameter.

4-4 DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

User Preferences Parameter Defaults

Table 4-1 lists defaults for user preferences parameters. To change any option, scan the appropriate bar code(s) provided in the User Preferences section beginning on page 4-5.

See Appendix A, Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and miscellaneous default parameters.

Note

Table 4-1. User Preferences Default Table

Parameter

Page

Parameter

Number

Default

Number

User Preferences

Set Default Parameter

All Defaults

4-5

Parameter Scanning

ECh

Enable

4-5

Beeper Tone

91h

Medium

4-6

Beeper Volume

8Ch

High

4-7

Power Mode

80h

Continuous On

4-7

Time Delay to Low Power Mode

92h

5 Minutes

4-8

Trigger Mode

8Ah

Level

4-9

Decode Session Timeout

88h

9.9 Sec

4-10

Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol

89h

0.6 Sec

4-10

Beep After Good Decode

38h

Enable

4-11

Scanstand Session Timeout

F0h, 90h

2 Seconds

4-11

User Preferences 4-5

User Preferences

Set Default Parameter

Scan this bar code to return all parameters to the default values listed in Table A-1 on page A-3.

*Set All Defaults

Parameter Scanning

Parameter # ECh

To disable decoding of parameter bar codes, scan the Disable Parameter Scanning bar code below. Note that the Set Defaults parameter bar code can still be decoded. To enable decoding of parameter bar codes, either scan Enable Parameter Scanning or

Set All Defaults.

*Enable Parameter Scanning

(01h)

Disable Parameter Scanning

(00h)

4-6 DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

Beeper Tone

Parameter # 91h

To select a decode beep frequency (tone), scan the Low Frequency, Medium Frequency, or High Frequency bar code.

Low Frequency

(02h)

*Medium Frequency

(Optimum Setting)

(01h)

High Frequency

(00h)

User Preferences 4-7

Beeper Volume

Parameter # 8Ch

To select a beeper volume, scan the Low Volume, Medium Volume, or High Volume bar code.

Low Volume

(02h)

Medium Volume

(01h)

*High Volume

(00h)

Power Mode

Parameter # 80h

This parameter determines whether or not power remains on after a decode attempt. In reduced power mode, the digital scanner enters into a low power consumption mode to preserve battery life after each decode attempt. In continuous power mode, power remains on after each decode attempt.

*Continuous On

(00h)

4-8 DS 6608 Product Reference Guide

Time Delay to Low Power Mode

Parameter # 92h

This parameter only applies when Power Mode is set to Reduced Power.

Note

This parameter sets the time the digital scanner remains active after decoding. The digital scanner wakes upon trigger pull or when the host attempts to communicate with the digital scanner.

1Second (11h)

5 Seconds

(15h)

1Minute (21h)

*5 Minutes

(25h)

Loading…

Symbol DS 6608 HD / SR . Сканеры штрих-кода . Оборудование Symbol . Сетевое и телекоммуникационное оборудование

Ручной лазерный сканер двухмерного (2D) штрих кода Symbol DS 6608 HD / SR

DS 6608 – обеспечивает превосходное сканирование изображений, одномерных и двухмерных штрих-кодов. Сканер имеет широкое поле охвата, что позволяет считывать 1D и 2D штрих-коды под любым углом, тем самым экономя время. DS 6608 может работать в ручном и hands-free режимах, переключение между которыми не составляет труда. Быстрое чтение штрих-кодов как вблизи, так и на расстоянии. Широкий угол охвата — нет необходимости располагать штрих-код непосредственно перед сканером.

Корпус сканера выполнен из цельного куска пластика, а все стыки на корпусе прорезинены, что делает сканер пыле и влаго-защищенным, а так же устойчивым к внешним воздействиям.

Высокая чувствительность и превосходное качество сканирования, удобный и прочный корпус, возможность сканирования как одномерных (линейных) так и двумерных штрих-кодов — вот список основных преимуществ ручного сканера штрих кода Symbol DS 6608

Особенности:

  • Чтение одномерных (1D) и двухмерных (2D) штрих-кодов

  • Чтение и передача изображений

  • Широкий угол охвата — нет необходимости располагать штрих-код прямо перед сканером

  • Быстрое чтение штрих-кодов как вблизи, так и на расстоянии

  • Работает в ручном и hands-free режиме

Применение:

  • Розничная торговля

  • Здравоохранение

  • Почта

  • Лотереи

  • Эргономичный корпус

Технические характеристики  Symbol DS6608 HD / SR
Класс излучателя Лазерный диод видимого спектра 650 нм
Глубина поля сканирования (дальность сканирования) 15-35 мм для штриха шириной 0,076 мм
Ширина сканирования 64 мм непосредственно перед сканером, 249 мм на расстоянии 203 мм
Разрешающая способность 640х480

  • Максимальное разрешение: 5mil/0,127 мм
  • Оптические характеристики
  • Контрастность штрих-кода: 30%
  • Технология сканирования: CCD Imager
  • Типы считываемых кодов
  • 1D: UPC.EAN, UPC.EAN with Supplementals, UCC.EAN 128, JAN 8 & 13, Code 39, Code 39 Full ASCII, Code 39 Trioptic, Code 128, Code 128 Full ASCII, Codabar (NW7), Interleaved 2 of 5, Discrete 2 of 5, Code 93, MSI, Code 11, Code 32, Bookland EAN, IATA, UCC/EAN RSS и другие RSS
  • 2D: PDF417, microPDF417, MaxiCode, DataMatrix (ECC 2000), Composite Codes, QR Code
  • Читаемые почтовые кодировки: U.S. Postnet, U.S. Planet, U.K. Postal, Japan Postal, Australian Postal, Dutch Postal
  • Интерфейс RS232, Keyboard Wedge, Wand Emulation, Scanner Emulation, IBM 468X/469X, USB and Synapse
    Диапазон рабочих температур
  • От 0° до 50°
  • Температура хранения: от -40° до 70° C
  • Допустимая влажность 5 % — 95% (без конденсата)
    Питание 5 В

  • Потребляемый ток: 250 мА
  • Габаритные размеры 16,64 x 7,16 x 11,99 см
    Вес 181,4 г
    Примечание
  • Выдерживает падения на бетон с высоты 1.8 м
  • Корпус ABS пластик
  • Предлагаем вам документ Инструкция по эксплуатации на Symbol Technologies DS 6608: PDF файл 3.98 Mb, 396 страниц.

    Инструкция по эксплуатации DS 6608 — читать онлайн или скачать бесплатно. Также, вы можете задать любой вопрос про Symbol Technologies DS 6608.

    BB код

    Прямой урл

    Скачать файл Инструкция по эксплуатации Symbol Technologies DS 6608

     
    Размер файла: 3.98 Mb

     
    Кол-во страниц: 396

     
    Просмотров: 16901

     
    Тип файла: Portable Document Format (PDF)

    Вы робот?

    60

    Скачать Инструкция по эксплуатации:
    symbol-technologies-ds-6608-user-s-manual.pdf

    Читать онлайн Symbol Technologies DS 6608 Инструкция по эксплуатации

    1/396

    Понравилась статья? Поделить с друзьями:

    Это тоже интересно:

  • Tetrix конструктор инструкции по сборке
  • Symbiotics colostrum plus инструкция на русском языке
  • Teyes cc2 plus 3 32gb инструкция
  • Tetra ex 400 plus инструкция
  • Symbioflor 2 инструкция на русском

  • 0 0 голоса
    Рейтинг статьи
    Подписаться
    Уведомить о
    guest

    0 комментариев
    Старые
    Новые Популярные
    Межтекстовые Отзывы
    Посмотреть все комментарии